Quantum computer-aided methods for implementing quantum full adder gates on NV-centre based quantum computers

The method for controlling electronic and nuclear quantum bits using NV centers in quantum computers enables efficient quantum logic gate synthesis, enhancing computing speed and resource optimization through classical logic description languages and hardware-software co-design.

WO2025168181A1PCT designated stage Publication Date: 2025-08-14SAXONQ GMBH

Patent Information

Application Number
PCT/DE2025/100132
Authority / Receiving Office
WO · WO
Patent Type
Applications
Current Assignee / Owner
Priority Date
2024-02-05
Filing Date
2025-02-04
Publication Date
2025-08-14

AI Technical Summary

Technical Problem

Existing technologies do not provide optimal control of weakly and strongly coupled nuclear spins by NV centers in quantum computers, limiting the efficiency and speed of quantum logic gate synthesis.

Method used

A quantum computer-assisted method for controlling electronic and nuclear quantum bits using NV centers, enabling efficient quantum logic gate synthesis through common EDA programs, leveraging classical logic description languages and hardware-software co-design to manipulate nuclear quantum bits via electronic quantum bits, allowing single-pulse multi-qubit gates.

Benefits of technology

Enhances computing speed by a factor of 10 or more by compressing entire sequences of quantum gates into a single gate, facilitating seamless integration with existing development tools and optimizing resource usage.

✦ Generated by Eureka AI based on patent content.

Smart Images

  • Figure DE2025100132_14082025_PF_FP_ABST
    Figure DE2025100132_14082025_PF_FP_ABST
Patent Text Reader

Abstract

The invention relates to a quantum computer which comprises NV centres in diamond as quantum bits and which comprises nuclear spins strongly bound to NV centres of atomic nuclei strongly coupled to these NV centres as nuclear quantum bits, hereinafter referred to as strong nuclear quantum bits, and which comprises nuclear spins weakly bound to NV centres of atomic nuclei weakly coupled to these NV centres as nuclear quantum bits, hereinafter referred to as weak nuclear quantum bits. The resonance energy for the coupling of these weakly coupled nuclear spins of these atomic nuclei that are weakly coupled to the corresponding NV centre depends only weakly on the particular spin state of the electron configuration of the respective NV centre that is weakly coupled to this nuclear spin. The quantum computer controls nuclear spins that are weakly bound to an NV centre differently than nuclear spins that are strongly bound to the NV centre. For this purpose, it preferably has a database of nuclear quantum bits, which provides information as to whether it is a strongly or weakly coupled nuclear quantum bit.
Need to check novelty before this filing date? Find Prior Art

Description

[0001] Quantum computer-assisted methods for executing quantum full adder gates on quantum computers based on NV centers

[0002] Priorities

[0003] This patent application claims priority from German patent application DE 10 2024 103 203.0 dated February 5, 2024.

[0004] Field of invention

[0005] The invention is directed to a quantum computer that comprises NV centers in diamond as quantum bits, and that comprises nuclear spins of atomic nuclei strongly coupled to these NV centers, which are strongly bound to the NV centers, as nuclear quantum bits (hereinafter referred to as strong nuclear quantum bits), and that comprises nuclear spins of atomic nuclei weakly coupled to these NV centers, which are weakly bound to the NV centers, as nuclear quantum bits (hereinafter referred to as weak nuclear quantum bits). The resonance energy for the coupling of these weakly coupled nuclear spins of these atomic nuclei weakly coupled to the respective NV center depends only weakly on the respective spin state of the electron configuration of the NV center weakly coupled to this nuclear spin. The quantum computer controls nuclear spins weakly bound to a NV center differently than nuclear spins strongly bound to the NV center.A weak coupling between the electron spin of the electron configuration of a NV center and the nuclear spin of an atomic nucleus of a nuclear quantum bit means that the coupling frequency is lower than 10 MHz (B), and / or lower than 5 MHz, and / or lower than 3 MHz, and / or lower than 1.5 MHz. The coupling frequency is particularly preferably lower than 3 MHz.

[0006] A quantum computer based on NV centers is known from DE 10 2020008 157 B3. A quantum computer monitoring device for such a quantum computer is known from DE 10 2022 109 592 A1. A mobile quantum computer is known from DE 102022 112 269 A1.

[0007] However, these documents do not reveal optimal control of weakly coupled nuclear spins by the NV centers and optimal control of strongly coupled nuclear spins by the NV centers.

[0008] In the following, quantum bits are also referred to synonymously as qubits.

[0009] State of the art

[0010] The differences between a quantum computer and a quantum processor are known from the standard and rules of DIN SPEC 91480 - 2024-11. Rule 3.4.7 of DIN SPEC 91480 - 2024-11 defines a "quantum processor" as a "programmable device that performs quantum information processing (3.4.1)". Rule 3.4.9 of DIN SPEC 91480 - 2024-11 defines a "quantum computer" as a "fully programmable quantum processor (3.4.7) that can implement or approximate any unitary dynamics defined within its full Hilbert space (3.2.1)." Thus, the quantum computer differs from the quantum processor in the means used to achieve full programmability. In the state of the art, these include the control device pC with the quantum program memory MEM and the clock system, reset logic, power supply, data interface DBIF to an external data transmission channel EXTDB, internal data bus INTDB, operating system and user interface etc. as well as the control lines (e.g.a control data bus STB) and the associated interface (e.g. MDBIF) for the activation and control of the other device parts (e.g. V, WFG, PD, LDRV, LD, OS, MW / RF-AWFG, PVC etc.) of the quantum computer QC as well as the necessary operating system to convert the quantum computer program code in the memory MEM of the control device pC of the quantum computer QC into effective method steps of the other device parts (e.g. V, WFG, PD, LDRV, LD, OS, MW / RF-AWFG, PVC etc.) of the quantum computer QC. The memory MEM typically comprises one or more volatile memories RAM and / or one or more non-volatile memories NVM. The document presented here proposes that the quantum computer QC uses a substrate D with paramagnetic centers as electronic quantum bits NV1 of the quantum computer QC.The quantum computer QC preferably uses the electronic spins of the electron configurations of such paramagnetic centers as electronic quantum bits NV1 to control and read the electronic and nuclear quantum bits (NV1, NV2, NV3, q0 to qn) of the quantum computer QC. According to the technical teaching of the document presented here, NV centers NV1 as such paramagnetic centers are particularly suitable; the alternative and / or simultaneous use of other paramagnetic centers is expressly possible. For this purpose, the document presented here refers to the section on the ZPL table. In the case of NV centers as paramagnetic centers NV1, diamond is the preferred material for the substrate D in which the quantum bits are preferably fabricated.A substrate D can comprise several quantum processors QPROZ, wherein each quantum processor QPROZ comprises one or more quantum aluminums QS1, QS2, whose paramagnetic centers NV1, NV2, NV3 and thus their electronic quantum bits NV1, NV2, NV3 can be coupled to one another, preferably in the form of spin chains.

[0011] Preferably, each quantum quantum bit QS1, QS2 comprises a respective paramagnetic center NV1, NV2. Preferably, the respective electronic spin of a respective paramagnetic center and thus the corresponding electronic quantum bit can be coupled to one or more nuclear spins of one or more atomic nuclei with a magnetic moment as respective nuclear quantum bits in the vicinity of the electron configuration of the respective paramagnetic center and thus of the respective electronic quantum bit, preferably by dipole-dipole coupling. Thus, the document presented here assumes the following hierarchy: quantum computer-> substrate D -> quantum processor QPROZ -> quantum bus with electronic ancilla quantum bits NV3 for transport and quantum ALUs QS1, QS2 for the quantum operations-> quantum ALUs QS1, QS2 -> electronic quantum bits NV1, NV2 and quantum Alu-specific nuclear quantum bits qO to qn.A user interface of the quantum computer QC is also required to ensure the free programmability required by the standard.

[0012] The document presented here lists some documents that have already been relevant in various patent proceedings and might be of interest to readers for follow-up work. A coupling of NV centers in diamond via dark spin chains with PI centers in the diamond substrate is described in US Pat. No. 9,317,473 B2. US Pat. No. 9,317,473 B2 also describes optical coupling via photons. Currently, no successful room-temperature coupling according to the technical teaching of US Pat. No. 9,317,473 B2 is known. However, the inventor of the technical teaching of the document presented here was able to demonstrate a coupling for dipole / dipole coupling. From LÜHMANN, Tobias, et al. Coulomb-driven single defect engineering for scalable qubits and spin sensors in diamond. Nature Communications, 2019, Vol. 10, No. 1, p. 4956. Is the creation of NV centers in diamond known for use in NV center-based quantum computers? From Robledo, Lucio, et al.High-fidelity projective readout of a solid-state spin quantum register. Nature, 2011, vol. 477, no. 7366, pp. 574-578. A high-fidelity quantum register is known from the accompanying supplements. A quantum processor based on NV centers is known from Wrachtrup, Joerg. Defect center room-temperature quantum processors. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 2010, vol. 107, no. 21, pp. 9479-9480.

[0013] The construction of a quantum computer based on NV centers is known from WO 2023 170054 Al. A quantum computer is described, for example, in WO 2021051 163 Al, and in Figure 1 there. The technical teaching of WO 2021051 163 Al assumes a coupling of the NV centers via photons. Furthermore, we refer to the document LEE, Junghyun, et al., "Dynamic and geometric control of electronic spins in diamond for quantum sensing and quantum information science." 2018, PhD thesis, Massachusetts Institute of Technology. The dissertation DOLDE, Florian, "The nitrogen vacancy center in internal and external fields." 2014, deals extensively with NV centers. Of particular importance is the work CHEN, YunHeng, et al., "Optimization of diamond quantum processors." New Journal of Physics, 2020, Volume 22, No. 9, p.093068, which, however, does not contain a concept for VHDL-capable descriptions of quantum gate logic and does not describe a quantum computer as defined by DIN SPEC 91480 - 2024-11. The same applies to the document NEUMANN, Philipp. Towards a room temperature solid state quantum processor - the nitrogen-vacancy center in diamond. 2012. Doctoral thesis. Stuttgart, University of Stuttgart, Diss., 2011., which also only describes a quantum processor. In contrast, the document Marcus W. Dohertyl "The State Of Diamond Quantum Computing" Australian Physics, Vol. 54, No. 4, Jul-Aug 2017, p. 31 - 137, discusses the concept of an NV center-based quantum processor in quite some detail. This document is definitely worth reading. Also worth reading is the document ZHENG, Dingwei. "Study and manipulation of photoluminescent NV color center in diamond." 2010. Doctoral thesis.The Cachan Normal School (ENS Cachan), East China Normal University (Shanghai), is concerned with the manipulation of color centers in diamond. Gerald WALDHERR's work, "Precision quantum state preparation and readout of solid-state spins" (2014), also deals with special aspects of a quantum processor. G. Braunbeck's work, "Quantum Information Using Nitrogen-Vacancy Centers In Diamond," Walter Schottky Institute, Technical University of Munich, March 20, 2018, deals with the control of NV centers. Mathias H. METSCH et al.'s work, "Initialization and readout of nuclear spins via a negatively charged silicon-vacancy center in diamond," Physical Review Letters, 2019, Vol. 122, No. 19, p. 190503, deals with other paramagnetic centers in diamond, namely SiV centers. The document "LEE, Sang-Yun, et al. Readout and control of a single nuclear spin with a metastable electron spin ancilla. Nature nanotechnology, 2013, vol. 8., No. 7, pp. 487-492." Deals with read-out possibilities. The document HERZIG, Tobias, et al. "Creation of quantum centers in silicon using spatial selective ion implantation of high lateral resolution". In: 2018 22nd International Conference on Ion Implantation Technology (IIT). IEEE, 2018. pp. 136-139 deals with the creation of NV centers in diamond. The document JELEZKO, Fedor, et al. "Observation of Coherent Oscillation of a Single Nuclear Spin and Realization of a Two-Qubit Conditional Quantum Gate". Physical Review Letters, 2004, 93rd vol., No. 13, p. 130501 deals with a quantum gate similar to the one presented here and is definitely worth reading. In this context, we also refer to the document VALIRON, Benoit, et al. "Programming the gate future." Communications of the ACM, 2015, Vol. 58, No. 8, pp. 52-61, which already describes basic gates. Also included is the document by Nagata, Kodai, et al."Universal holonomic quantum gates over geometric spin gubits with polarized microwaves." Nature Communications, 2018, Vol. 9, No. 1, p. 3227, discloses fundamental gates. Gates are also known from the document PFENDER, Matthias, et al., "Protecting a diamond quantum memory by charge state control." Nano Letters, 2017, Vol. 17, No. 10, pp. 5931-5937. The document KEHAYIAS, Pauli Mark, "Exploring Basic Properties and Applications of Nitrogen-Vacancy Color Centers in Diamond." University of California, Berkeley, 2015, deals with the NV center and its possible applications. The document WEBER, JR, et al., "Quantum computing with defects." Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 2010, Vol. 107, No. 19, pp. 8513–8518. Describes the fundamental possibilities for performing quantum computations with spin defects. The document AWSCHALOM, David D., et al., "Quantum technologies with optically interfaced solid-state spins." Nature Photonics, 2018, Vol. 12, No. 9, pp.516-527 describes fundamental applications of quantum technology based on spin defects. The document SMITH, Robert S.; CURTIS, Michael J.; ZENG, William J. "A practica! guantum instruction set architecture." arXiv preprint arXiv:1608.03355, 2016, discloses the construction of an instruction set for a quantum computer based on superconducting qubits that do not have spinor properties. The document REILLY, David J. "Engineering the quantum-classical interface of solid-state qubits," npj Quantum Information, 2015, Vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 1-10, deals with hardware for quantum computers based on superconducting qubits. The document FU, Xiang "Quantum Control Architecture: Bridging the Gap between Quantum Software and Hardware." 2018, deals with the control of superconducting qubits that are not spinors. The document by Nagarajan, Rajagopal; Papanikolaou, Nikolaos; and Williams, David."Simulating and compiling code for the sequential guantum random access machine." Electronic Notes in Theoretical Computer Science, 2007, Vol. 170, pp. 101-124, presents a design path for quantum computer program code. This document is of particular importance. The document Jelezko, Fedor, et al., "Observation of coherent oscillations in a single electron spin." Physical Review Letters, 2004, Vol. 92, No. 7, p. 076401, deals with a special form of controlling NV centers. The document Van Der Sar, T., et al., "Decoherence-protected guantum gates for a hybrid solid-state spin register." Nature, 2012, Vol. 484, No. 7392, pp. 82-86, deals with the prolongation of the T2 time. The paper BATH, "Universal dynamical decoupling of a single solid-state spin from a spin bath" (Cell Tissue Res, 1995, Vol. 282, p. 155), also deals with the use of NV centers.

[0014] Of particular importance is the document TAMINIAU, Tim Hugo, et al., "Universal control and error correction in multi-gubit spin registers in diamond." Nature nanotechnology, 2014, Vol. 9, No. 3, pp. 171-176, which, however, does not disclose the technical teaching presented here. In particular, it does not disclose any possibility of quantum logic synthesis. Equally of particular importance is the document WALDHERR, Gerald, et al., "Quantum error correction in a solid-state hybrid spin register." Nature, 2014, Vol. 506, No. 7487, pp. 204-207. A list of logic gates is known from Wikipedia: "List of quantum logic gates" (download available at "https: / / en.wikipedia.org / wiki / List_of_quantum_logic_gates"). However, these do not include gates on quantum bits with different coupling ranges, such as nuclear and electronic quantum bits, and especially not efficient single-pulse multi-qubit gates (here, a single 2pi pulse).

[0015] Such gates are also known from Barenco, Adriano et al., "Elementary Gates for Quantum Computation," Physical Review A, 1995, 52, Vol. 5, p. 3457. DOI: https: / / dio.org / 10.1103 / PhysRevA.3457. The above applies here.

[0016] We also refer to FEYNMAN, Richard P. Quantum mechanical computers. Found. Phys. 1986, Vol. 16, No. 6, pp. 507-532. DOI: https: / / doi.org / 10.1007 / BF01886518. There, too, multiple quantum gates are required to implement complex connections. For this, we refer to Fig. 5 of this prior art document, which requires five gates WITHOUT scaling for a full adder.

[0017] IMPORTANT

[0018] With regard to NV center-based quantum computers, the document presented here refers in particular to the documents WO 2021 083 448 Al, WO 2020 260640 Al, WO 2021018 654 Al, WO 2022 228 613 Al, WO 2023 170054 Al as well as to the PCT application with WIPO reference PCT / EP2024 / 073 495, which was not yet published at the time of filing this document.

[0019] What all these documents have in common is that they do not offer any perspective for the development of a quantum gate logic synthesis method and, in particular, do not disclose any adder gates for an NV-center-based quantum computer.

[0020] The proposal is therefore based on the task of providing a solution for controlling the electronic quantum bits and nuclear quantum bits of a quantum computer based on NV centers, which enables quantum logic gate synthesis using common EDA programs.

[0021] This problem is solved by an independent claim. Further embodiments are the subject of subclaims. The document presented here therefore addresses the problem of gate control of NV centers and nuclear spins coupled to them. For the purposes of the document disclosed here, the NV center refers to the electron configuration of the NV center as an electronic quantum bit. The nuclear spin of the nitrogen atom of the NV center is separately referred to as a nuclear quantum bit. The document presented here describes a quantum computer-implemented method for executing a quantum computer-implemented method for executing a multi-qubit gate in a quantum computer.The quantum computer that implements the proposed method and / or the methods described below comprises, first, electronic quantum bits and, second, nuclear quantum bits (nuclear quantum bits), which can be coupled and / or entangled with each other. The key finding of the document presented here is that the quantum bit used for readout, typically an electronic quantum bit in the form of a paramagnetic center, more precisely an NV center in diamond, determines the coordinate system of the quantum bits not used for readout. The electronic quantum bits are used to read in and / or read out the quantum information and / or to manipulate the nuclear quantum bits (nuclear quantum bits) and to interconnect the electronic quantum bits.According to the invention, it was recognized that the electronic quantum bits then determine the coordinate system of the nuclear quantum bits (nuclear quantum bits) coupled to them. This discovery led to the idea of ​​multi-quantum bit gates for manipulating the nuclear quantum bits (nuclear quantum bits) by rotating and / or manipulating the coordinate system of the electronic quantum bit, which is equivalent to manipulating all coupled nuclear quantum bits (nuclear quantum bits). This has the advantage that, with a single quantum gate on the electronic quantum bit, entire sequences of quantum gates can be compressed into a single quantum gate. This increases the computing speed by a factor of 10 or more, depending on the application. Such manipulation is not possible in systems with only one quantum bit type. It is important that logic gates can be realized using suitable microwave frequencies.This insight makes the technical teaching of logic synthesis more common computer-implemented logic synthesis methods such as Quine and McCluskey methods.

[0022] Quantum logic synthesis

[0023] The present invention thus ultimately also relates to computer-implemented quantum logic synthesis for sequences and / or combinations of quantum logic gates executable by a quantum computer. In particular, the invention relates to computer- and quantum-computer-implemented methods and devices for generating complex combinations and sequences of quantum logic gates using common computer-implemented logic synthesis methods based on common logic description languages ​​and / or using hardware-software co-design using established programming languages. Until now, at least some of the necessary quantum logic gates were missing. Quantum computers based on superconducting quantum computers, in particular, are disadvantaged in this regard due to the two-dimensional structure of the superconducting quantum bits.

[0024] Background of the inventive quantum logic synthesis

[0025] The proposed quantum computer is designed and intended to perform complex quantum computer-implemented operations based on quantum logic gates, which correspond to normal logic gates in standard Turing machines, enabling the manipulation of qubits. The quantum computer-implemented realization of these operations in the form of such complex quantum circuits requires efficient methods for synthesizing and optimizing quantum logic, particularly for minimizing the required resources, such as the number of gates or circuit depth.

[0026] The proposal presented here surprisingly enables the use of classical digital circuits, which can be specified, for example, using established hardware description languages ​​(HDLs) such as VHDL and Verilog. The technical teaching presented here reveals that the synthesis of quantum logic does not require special methods that consider quantum mechanics and reversible computations. The key is that the nuclear quantum input bits q0 to qn of one of the quantum gates presented here are modified by the quantum operation, so that the result of the logic operation is stored in the quantum output bit, while the quantum input bits contain the information for reversibility. Reusing quantum input bits as quantum output bits is therefore only possible in exceptional cases. The document presented here also provides an example of this.Existing logic synthesis tools, such as ABC (Berkeley Logic Synthesis and Verification Tool), Yosys, Espresso, or RevKit, are optimized for classical logic or, to some extent, for reversible logic, but are only partially suitable for synthesizing complete quantum logic. It is important to note that it is assumed that, by applying a technical teaching similar to that of WO 2021 083 448 A1, separation of the quantum algorithms QS1 and QS2 and scaling are possible.

[0027] The document presented here thus also provides methods for the synthesis of quantum logics that use computer-implemented algorithms for logic synthesis and make use of common logic description languages ​​as well as hardware-software co-design methods.

[0028] Common basic logic gates, including Hadamard, CNOT, T, S, X, Y, Z, Toffoli, and Fredkin gates, can be synthesized. Their functionality is determined solely by the quantum switching matrix, which is selected for the microwave pulse of a 2ji gate. These can be combined using logic synthesis programs to create more complex quantum logic circuits. The proposed technical teaching enables the efficient derivation of quantum logic circuits from classical logic descriptions and even conventional programming languages ​​such as ANSI-C by using appropriate transformation techniques.

[0029] Logic synthesis from logic description languages

[0030] For the synthesis of quantum logic circuits, classical logic description languages ​​(HDLs) can be used with the help of the novel quantum gates presented here, including for example:

[0031] • VHDL (VHSIC Hardware Description Language)

[0032] • Verilog and SystemVerilog

[0033] • Bluespec SystemVerilog

[0034] These languages ​​allow a formal description of digital quantum logic and can be adapted with synthesis tools for generating quantum circuits using suitable converter programs. Existing logic blocks are transformed to separate reversible and non-reversible quantum operations and to optimize the required gate library. Preferably, the quantum program codes for executing the quantum logic gates and multi-qubit gates described below are provided in special libraries of these logic synthesis programs. The users of the quantum computer provide source code, for example, in one of the logic description languages ​​(HDLs) described above, and integrate these libraries into the computer-implemented compilation and synthesis process. The computer-implemented logic synthesis programs then typically provide a quantum gate netlist.A computer-implemented transpiler program translates the netlist into a quantum assembly program, for example, based on the quantum computer assembly language QKIT or QASM. The control device pC is either configured to directly execute such a quantum assembly program using a quantum assembly program interpreter or uses a quantum computer program in machine code, which has been converted by computer-implementing the quantum assembly program into directly machine-executable binary opcodes and / or quantum opcodes. As is generally known, compiled quantum assembly programs in the form of binary files that can be loaded into the memory MEM of the quantum computer are significantly faster and more performant than interpreter-controlled devices, in which human-readable code is loaded into the memory MEM of the quantum computer QC.

[0035] Well-known logic synthesis tools such as Synopsys, ABC, Yosys, or Espresso can be used to convert classical logic descriptions into gate-level netlists, which are then converted into quantum logic using special algorithms. Techniques such as decomposition methods (e.g., BDD-based or Karnaugh-Tafel methods), reversible logic transformations (e.g., MMD- or LUT-based synthesis), and optimized gate mapping techniques are used.

[0036] Hardware-software co-design for quantum logic synthesis

[0037] In addition to classical HDLs, a hardware-software co-design approach can also be used to efficiently synthesize complex quantum logic due to the availability of quantum logic gates described below. Languages ​​that offer a high level of abstraction and are suitable for parallel or low-level implementations are particularly suitable for this purpose:

[0038] • C / C++ with high-level synthesis (HLS)

[0039] • OpenCL and CUDA for GPGPU-based calculations

[0040] • Python with quantum libraries such as Qiskit or Cirq

[0041] • Chisel for Scala-based hardware description

[0042] By using these programming languages, both classical and quantum mechanical calculations can be efficiently combined and optimized. In particular, the integration of quantum compiler technologies for the implementation of quantum assembly code, as implemented in IBM Qiskit, Google Cirq, or Microsoft QDK, enables precise control of gate sequences and the optimization of quantum logic by compiling, for example, in QASM (Quantum Assembly Language) or QSKIT.

[0043] Optimization and resource conservation in gate synthesis

[0044] The technical teaching presented here also includes computer-implemented algorithms for computer-implemented optimization of synthesis results to minimize circuit depth, the number of required qubits, and the total number of gates. These optimizations include:

[0045] • Gate summaries to reduce redundant operations

[0046] • Reversible mapping techniques to increase efficiency

[0047] • Quantum error correction methods (e.g. Hamming codes, surface code, Steane code, etc.) In addition, a hybrid implementation can be used, combining classical logic synthesis with quantum-specific optimizations to enable seamless integration into existing development tools.

[0048] Advantages of the invention

[0049] The proposed procedures offer the following advantages, among others:

[0050] • Provision of the most important classical logic gates as quantum logic gates with three quantum operations

[0051] (a) first Hadamard gate to the nuclear quantum output gate, b) 2TI-PUIS to the electronic quantum bit, which defines the coordinate system, and practically freely definable logic combination of the other nuclear quantum input bits to control the electronic quantum bit, b) second Hadamard gate to the nuclear quantum output gate for transmission to the nuclear quantum output gate)

[0052] • Automated synthesis of more complex quantum logic gate circuits from classical hardware description languages ​​and programming languages.

[0053] • Efficient optimization of quantum logic gate sequences to reduce hardware complexity and improve computational accuracy.

[0054] • Integration with existing development environments and synthesis tools to enable a seamless transition from classical to quantum-based logic.

[0055] • Flexibility through hardware-software co-design to efficiently combine classical and quantum mechanical calculations.

[0056] The technical teaching of the proposal thus provides a computer-implemented method for logic synthesis for quantum logic gates and quantum logic combinations and sequences (quantum gate circuits) that can utilize common logic description languages ​​(VHDL, Verilog, SystemVerilog) as well as hardware-software co-design approaches (C++, Python, OpenCL, CUDA, Chisel). The use of established synthesis tools such as Synopsis, Mentor, ABC, Yosys, Espresso, RevKit, IBM Qiskit, Google Cirq, and Microsoft QDK enables an optimized, resource-efficient, and scalable synthesis of quantum gate circuits. The technical teaching presented here allows for the automated conversion of classical logic descriptions into efficient quantum logic gate combinations and sequences, significantly facilitating the development of quantum circuits for non-experts.The synthesis processes are typically performed on a standard von Neumann computer or in the control unit of the quantum computer. The use of quantum properties of a quantum processor, if available, has not yet been investigated and is therefore typically not required for these synthesis steps.

[0057] In the following, the technical theory of quantum gates will be further examined.

[0058] Quantum computers for executing the proposed methods for realizing quantum logic gates

[0059] The quantum computer that carries out the proposed method and / or the methods described below comprises, in the example described here, the electronic spins of NV centers as electronic quantum bits and as nuclear quantum bits (nuclear quantum bits), firstly the nuclear spins of the nitrogen atoms of the NV centers and secondly the nuclear spins of isotopes with a magnetic moment, such as 13C isotopes of carbon that can be coupled to the electronic quantum bit of a respective NV center. The NV centers are preferably embedded in a diamond material D within the quantum computer QC. Instead of NV centers in diamond, the quantum computer QC can also use other paramagnetic centers and / or other materials instead of diamond D with the NV centers and / or other paramagnetic centers together with NV centers in the diamond D. A quantum computer QC that can carry out the method presented here is shown in a simplified and schematic form in Figure 1. The technical teaching presented here refers to previously published documents.

[0060] A) The quantum computer QC, which carries out the proposed method and / or the methods described below, preferably comprises, firstly, first means M1 for formatting the NV centers in order to be able to bring the NV centers into a predefined initial state. This formatting corresponds to a reset of the electronic quantum bits of the quantum computer to a predefined initial state of the electronic quantum bits. Preferably, these first means comprise an optical system for irradiating the NV centers with a pump radiation LB having a pump radiation wavelength pm p. The optical system of the quantum computer QC preferably comprises a laser or other pump radiation source LD or a functionally equivalent pump radiation generation system which generates an amplitude-modulated pump radiation LB with a pump radiation wavelength pmp, for example, of 520 nm or similar. A pulse of this pump radiation LB resets the electronic quantum bits, i.e., the NV centers. The exemplary quantum computer QC preferably comprises a confocal microscope with an optical system OS for irradiating the electronic quantum bits. This optical system can, for example, comprise a microscope objective and delivers the pump radiation LB to the substrate D—preferably a diamond—with the NV centers or paramagnetic centers as electronic quantum bits. Preferably, a control device pC controls a waveform generator WFG via an internal data bus INTDB. The waveform generator WFG controls the light source driver LDRV for the light source LD as the pump radiation source using one or more transmission signals S5 and preferably intensity-modulates it.

[0061] B) As a second means M2, the quantum computer QC, which executes the proposed method and / or the methods described below, preferably comprises, for example, means for amplitude-modulated and / or burst-like irradiation of the NV centers, i.e., the electronic quantum bits in the substrate D and / or the nuclear quantum bits (nuclear quantum bits), with microwave radiation in the wavelength range from 1 mm to 30 cm. These means can preferably comprise, for example, antennas and / or lines that irradiate the NV centers in the diamond D with microwave radiation in the wavelength range from 1 mm to 30 cm in an amplitude-modulated burst-like manner. These microwave bursts typically rotate the electronic spin of one or more NV centers.The direction of rotation, the angle of rotation, and the excitation of precision oscillations of the spin of the NV centers depend on the microwave frequency of the microwave radiation, the phase position of the microwave radiation, the phase position of the burst-forming envelope of the respective microwave burst, the duration of the respective microwave burst, and the microwave spectrum generated by the burst formation. These second means M2 are therefore also means for manipulating the electronic spin of the electronic quantum bits, which here are preferably formed in the form of the electron configuration of the NV centers in the substrate D. This enables the manipulation of the NV centers and thus of the electronic quantum bits, selected by the nuclear quantum bits (nuclear quantum bits).In the example of Figure 1, the second means M2 comprise the microwave part of the microwave and / or radio wave frequency generator MW / RF-AWFG for generating largely freely definable waveforms (Arbitrary Waveform Generator) and corresponding lines / antennas mWA for irradiating the NV centers with microwave and / or radio waves.

[0062] C) As a further second means M2, the quantum computer QC, which executes the proposed method and / or the methods described below, preferably comprises, for example, means for amplitude-modulated and / or burst-like irradiation of the NV centers, i.e., the electronic quantum bits in the substrate D, and / or the nuclear quantum bits (nuclear quantum bits) with radio wave radiation in the wavelength range of 30 cm to 30 km. These means can preferably comprise, for example, antennas and / or lines that amplitude-modulated, burst-like irradiation of the NV centers in the diamond D with radio wave radiation in the wavelength range of 30 cm to 30 km. These radio wave bursts typically manipulate pairs of the electronic spin of an NV center, i.e., an electronic quantum bit, and a nuclear spin of a nuclear quantum bit (nuclear quantum bit) coupled to this electronic quantum bit.The direction of rotation, the angle of rotation, and the excitation of precision oscillations of the spin of the NV centers and / or the nuclear spin depend analogously on the radio frequency of the radio wave radiation, the phase position of the radio wave radiation, the phase position of the burst-forming envelope of the respective radio wave burst, the duration of the respective radio wave burst, and the radio wave spectrum generated by the burst formation. These additional second means M2 are therefore also means for manipulating the nuclear spin of the nuclear quantum bits (nuclear quantum bits), which here are preferably formed in the form of the nuclear spins of isotopes with a magnetic moment in the substrate D. This enables the manipulation and readout of the nuclear spins and thus the nuclear quantum bits (nuclear quantum bits).In the example of Figure 1, the further second means M2 comprise the radio wave portion of the microwave and / or radio wave frequency generator MW / RF-AWFG for generating largely freely definable waveforms (arbitrary waveform generator) and corresponding lines / antennas mWA for irradiating the NV centers with microwave and / or radio waves. In the example of Figure 1, the further second means M2 are thus, for example, identical to the second means M2.

[0063] D) The quantum computer QC, which executes the proposed method and / or the methods described below, comprises, for example, firstly, third means M3 for reading the quantum states of one or more NV centers in the substrate D. The confocal microscope of the optical system OS of the proposed quantum computer QC is also part of this second means. Preferably, the optical system OS of the exemplary confocal microscope is also configured to detect fluorescence radiation FL of the NV centers in the diamond D, which has a fluorescence radiation wavelength ti, and to feed it to a photodetector PD. For this purpose, the exemplary confocal microscope preferably has means for separating the fluorescence radiation FL from reflected and / or transmitted and / or scattered pump radiation LB and for protecting the photodetector (PD) from irradiation with pump radiation LB. Such an exemplary means can be a dichroic mirror DBS.As a further second means, the exemplary quantum computer QC comprises, for example, the aforementioned photodetector PD for detecting the intensity of the fluorescent radiation FL. The photodetector PD generates, for example, a receiver output signal SO, which an amplifier V amplifies, filters, and / or otherwise processes as appropriate, and preferably digitizes by means of an analog-to-digital converter contained in the amplifier V. This signal is then made available to the control device pC via the internal data bus INTDB, transmitted to the control device pC, stored in a memory MEM of the control device pC, or otherwise kept available for the control device pC. Preferably, the amplifier V also evaluates the transmitted signal S5.

[0064] Preferably, the nuclear quantum bits (nuclear quantum bits) of the isotopes with magnetic moments in the substrate D form, with the NV centers, respective quantum ALUs QS1, which are also referred to as "quantum nodes" in publications by other authors. A substrate D within the meaning of the present document is typically a single crystal, preferably a diamond single crystal, in which the quantum ALUs QS1 are located. Preferably, the control device pC executes the methods and / or algorithms described in the present document as machine- and / or computer-implemented methods and / or algorithms. If the claims of the present document claim a method, the control device pC executes such methods and / or algorithms described in the present document as machine- and / or computer-implemented methods and / or algorithms, at least in substantial parts and preferably in their entirety.Preferably, the substrate D with the drive devices, without the control device pC, forms the quantum processor QPROZ. For the purposes of this document, the substrate D is considered to be the quantum processor QPROZ.

[0065] The control device pC preferably sets the position of one or more permanent magnets PM relative to the substrate D and thus relative to the one or more quantum ALUs QS1 by means of its control device PVC for the positioning device PV for the permanent magnet PM. In this case, the control device pC preferably executes a machine- and / or computer-implemented program for controlling the control device PVC for the positioning device PV for the permanent magnet PM, the program code of which is preferably stored at least temporarily in the memory MEM of the control device pC and which the control device pC accesses when executing the machine- and / or computer-implemented program for controlling the control device PVC. As a result, the control device pC can set and / or influence the magnetic operating point of the magnetic flux density B in the substrate D.

[0066] Those interested in reworking the device can find further details in WO 2023 170054 A1 and its figures, for example. We draw particular attention to Figure 1 of this document. The technical teaching of WO 2023 170054 A1 is, to the extent permitted in the country of nationalization, part of the disclosure of the document presented here.

[0067] The control device pC preferably comprises a computer core CPU, which executes the program code stored in the memory MEM of the control device pC and at least temporarily stores data and / or program code, including quantum program opcodes, in one or more of its memories MEM and / or retrieves them. To do this, the computer core CPU of the control device pC typically accesses one or more memories MEM of the control device pC via the internal data bus INTDB. The computer core CPU of the control device pC can preferably access other device parts (e.g., V, WFG, LDRV, LD, MW / FR-AWFG, PVC) via the internal data bus INTDB and an internal data interface MDBIF as well as a control data bus SDB, read their status, exchange data with them, and possibly control them. With regard to the device parts not shown in Figure 1, the document presented here refers to the cited documents.Figure 1 is highly simplified and schematized in order to convey the most necessary facts for understanding the technical theory.

[0068] The computer core pC of the control device pC of the quantum computer QC can, for example, exchange data and / or program data and / or calculation results with other computer systems and in particular higher-level computer systems and / or other quantum computers QC via the internal data bus INTDB and the data interface DBINF via an external data transmission path EXTDB. The substrate D preferably comprises the respective core quantum dots of the respective nuclear quantum bits of the respective quantum ALU QS1 of the quantum computer QC with a respective nuclear spin of a respective exemplary 13C-carbon isotope (for the exemplary case that the quantum dot NV1 is an NV center in diamond). Preferably, the exemplary respective nuclear quantum dot of the respective nuclear quantum bit of the respective quantum ALU QS1 of the quantum computer QC is an isotope with a magnetic nuclear moment in the substrate D, wherein the substrate D in the region of the respective nuclear quantum dot of the respective nuclear quantum bit of the quantum computer QC preferably essentially or even more preferably absolutely comprises no isotopes with a magnetic nuclear moment. In this context, the document presented here refers to the technical teaching of the already cited DE 102020007 977 B4. The respective nuclear quantum dot of the respective nuclear quantum bit of the respective quantum ALU QS1 of the quantum computer QC is not shown in the figures for better clarity.

[0069] Core of the proposed solution

[0070] The proposal presented here concerns a quantum computer that incorporates NV centers in diamond as quantum bits. Furthermore, the quantum computer incorporates nuclear spins of atomic nuclei strongly bound to NV centers, which are strongly coupled to these NV centers, as nuclear quantum bits, which this document hereinafter refers to as strong nuclear quantum bits. Furthermore, the quantum computer incorporates nuclear spins of atomic nuclei weakly bound to NV centers, which are weakly coupled to these NV centers, as nuclear quantum bits, which this document hereinafter refers to as weak nuclear quantum bits. The resonance energy for the coupling of these weakly coupled nuclear spins of these atomic nuclei weakly coupled to the respective NV center depends, by definition, only weakly on the respective spin state of the electron configuration of the respective NV center weakly coupled to this nuclear spin. Definition of coupling strength

[0071] 1. In the context of the present document, a nuclear spin of an atom is weakly coupled to the electronic spin of the electron configuration of a NV center if the coupling strength (resonance frequency of the coupling) is >0.8 MHz (weakly coupled).

[0072] 2. For the purposes of the present document, a nuclear spin of an atom is strongly coupled to the electronic spin of the electron configuration of a NV center if the coupling strength (resonance frequency of the coupling) is <0.8 MHz (strongly coupled).

[0073] Continuation of proposed solution

[0074] Preferably, the quantum computer is configured to perform a SWOP of the quantum state of an NV center with the quantum state of a nuclear spin of a nuclear quantum bit that is weakly bound to this NV center under Hartmann-Hahn conditions using a microwave pulse to control this NV center. Furthermore, the quantum computer is preferably configured to perform a SWOP of the quantum state of an NV center with the quantum state of a nuclear spin of a nuclear quantum bit that is strongly bound to this NV center using a radio wave pulse, utilizing the strong coupling between this NV center and the strongly bound nuclear spin of a nuclear quantum bit. For this purpose, the quantum computer comprises second means for generating the radio wave pulse and / or the microwave pulse, which acts on one or more NV centers as quantum bits and / or one or more nuclear spins as nuclear quantum bits.Furthermore, the proposed quantum computer comprises means for adjusting the magnetic flux density (B) to satisfy the Hartmann-Hahn condition. For formatting the quantum state of the quantum computer, the quantum computer preferably comprises a light source for irradiating the NV centers with pump radiation of the pump radiation wavelength. For its operation, the quantum computer preferably comprises a control device with at least one memory. Preferably, a quantum computer program with OP codes and / or with quantum OP codes as OP codes is stored at least temporarily in the memory (RAM, NVM) in order to be able to execute a quantum computer program. The control device (pC) is preferably configured to process the quantum computer program in the memory, for example, by retrieving the OP codes and / or quantum OP codes from the memory, and thus to be able to perform quantum computer calculations.For targeted and timely control of the NV centers as quantum bits and the nuclear spins as nuclear quantum bits, the control device is typically configured to control the light source and the means for adjusting the magnetic flux density (B) and the second means for generating the radio wave pulse and / or the microwave pulse depending on the OP codes and / or quantum OP codes of the quantum computer program in the memory. Typically, the OP codes and / or quantum OP codes in the memory comprise commands and / or command sequences for manipulating a strongly bound nuclear spin using a first quantum computer-implemented method (in particular method b or method c).Furthermore, the OP codes and / or quantum OP codes in the memory typically comprise instructions and / or instruction sequences for the manipulation of a weakly bound nuclear spin using a second quantum computer-implemented method (in particular method a). The first method is typically different from the second method. Here, the document presented here anticipates the following sections "Quantum computer-implemented method for coupling weakly coupled nuclear spins to an NV center" and "Quantum computer-implemented method for coupling strongly coupled nuclear spins to an NV center," in which the document presented here explains these quantum computer-implemented methods in more detail.The memory of the control device preferably stores, in addition to the resonance frequency for coupling to an NV center as first information, an additional second piece of information, in particular as a flag, for one or more or all nuclear spins for which the quantum computer is configured to use them as nuclear quantum bits. This additional second piece of information indicates whether the nuclear spin of the respective nuclear quantum bit is strongly bound to an NV center or whether the nuclear spin of the respective nuclear quantum bit is weakly bound to the NV center. Depending on this additional second piece of information, the control device of the quantum computer then uses the first method or the second method for manipulating the nuclear quantum bit in the event of manipulation of the nuclear quantum bit.This accelerates the processing of the quantum computer program code in the memory of the quantum computer's control device.

[0075] In a first variant of the quantum computer, the memory of the control device of the quantum computer holds, for one or more or all nuclear spins for which the quantum computer is configured to use them as respective nuclear quantum bits, in addition to the resonance frequency for coupling to an NV center as the first piece of information and in addition to the additional second piece of information which indicates whether it is a nuclear spin that is strongly bound to an NV center or a nuclear spin that is weakly bound to the NV center, a third piece of additional information, in particular an index of a nuclear quantum bit, which indicates to which NV center the respective nuclear spin of the respective nuclear quantum bit is bound. This has the advantage that when an index of a nuclear spin orof a nuclear quantum bit in the source code or in the executable code of the quantum computer program, the control device of the quantum computer, when executing a quantum computer-implemented method for manipulating this nuclear spin or this nuclear quantum bit, can identify the NV center with which this nuclear spin can be coupled and / or is coupled and can determine with which signals and / or signal sequences and with which signal parameters the associated NV center can be manipulated, in order to ultimately manipulate the nuclear spin or the nuclear quantum bit indirectly as an electronic quantum bit via the manipulation of this NV center within the framework of the coupling.

[0076] In a second variant of the quantum computer, the content of the memory of the control device at least temporarily comprises a database, which in turn comprises data records. The database preferably comprises one or more first data records, which comprise at least as first information an index of the NV center (can be identical to the index of an electronic quantum bit) and a value of a resonance frequency for manipulating the quantum state of the NV center. These first data records therefore preferably comprise first information about the NV centers or electronic quantum bits relating to the spin of the electron configuration of the NV center or the electronic quantum bit. The database preferably also comprises second data records. These one or more second data records of the database preferably comprise at least as second information relating to the nuclear spin or the nuclear quantum bit an index of the nuclear spin ornuclear quantum bits and a resonance frequency for coupling the nuclear spin or nuclear quantum bit to an NV center, and an additional second piece of information indicating whether the nuclear spin or nuclear quantum bit is strongly or weakly bound to the NV center. Depending on this further second piece of information relating to the nuclear spin or nuclear quantum bit in the data set of the database for a nuclear spin or nuclear quantum bit, the control device uses the first method or the second method for manipulating the nuclear spin or nuclear quantum bit in the event of manipulation of nuclear spins or the nuclear quantum bit. The database structure of the data and the use of a flag have the advantage that the processing of the quantum computer program code in the memory of the control device by the control device is accelerated.

[0077] In a third variant of the quantum computer, one or more further data sets comprise, at least as second information relating to the nuclear spin or the nuclear quantum bit, an index of the nuclear spin or nuclear quantum bit and a resonance frequency for coupling the nuclear spin or nuclear quantum bit to an NV center and an additional second piece of information as to whether the nuclear spin or the nuclear quantum bit is strongly or weakly bound to the NV center and an additional third piece of information, in particular the index of the NV center, as to which NV center this nuclear spin can be coupled.

[0078] In a fourth variant of the quantum computer, one or more further data sets further comprise, at least as second pieces of information relating to the nuclear spin or the nuclear quantum bit, an index of the nuclear spin or nuclear quantum bit and a resonance frequency for coupling the nuclear spin or nuclear quantum bit to an NV center and an additional second piece of information as to whether the nuclear spin or the nuclear quantum bit is strongly or weakly bound to the NV center and an additional third piece of information, in particular the index of the NV center, as to which NV center this nuclear spin can be coupled and an additional fourth piece of information as to the position and / or in which group of positions this at least one atomic nucleus of the nuclear spin or the nuclear quantum bit is located in the crystal lattice relative to the position of the associated NV center in the crystal lattice.

[0079] In a fifth variant of the quantum computer, the quantum computer is preferably configured so that the quantum computer is able to read out the nuclear quantum states of n nuclear spins of n atomic nuclei of n nuclear quantum bits coupled to an NV center, 2 n CROT gates to check combinations of quantum states. Preferably, n is a positive integer greater than 2. In this variant, the quantum computer is preferably configured to detect the NV transition of the NV center when the n nuclear spins of the n atomic nuclei of the n nuclear quantum bits are in one of these 2 n Combinations of quantum states of these n quantum bits. Definition of the term gate

[0080] The document presented here defines the term "gate" as follows:

[0081] Gates, as defined in this document, are methods in the form of process step sequences that serve to manipulate readable states with the goal of building complete Turing machines from temporally sequential or parallel sequences of these gates. A Turing machine, as defined in this document, is thus a sequence of such gates executed by a quantum computer, with which the quantum computer manipulates and / or reads the state of quantum bits and / or nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer.

[0082] Such a complete Turing machine based on such a quantum computer as defined in the document presented here allows the solution of all computable tasks according to the Turing-Church conjecture. Classical computers are Turing complete. According to the Gottesman-Knill theorem, a quantum computer is Turing complete if the following unitary gates can be realized:

[0083] 1. Clifford Gatter (Paul: X,Y,Z),

[0084] 2. H phase gate S (T) and

[0085] 3. the 2 quantum bit gate CNOT.

[0086] A Clifford gate is a group of gates V (let V be an element of the set of Clifford gates) with the property U=WVW + with U and W also as elements of the set of Clifford gates.

[0087] In quantum computing and quantum information theory, Clifford gates are the elements of the Clifford group, a set of mathematical transformations that normalize the n-qubit Pauli group, i.e., map tensor products of Pauli matrices to tensor products of Pauli matrices by conjugation. The term was introduced by Daniel Gottesman and is named after the mathematician William Kingdon Clifford. [1] Quantum circuits consisting only of Clifford gates can be efficiently simulated with a classical computer due to the Gottesman-Knill theorem.

[0088] The Clifford gates (Paul: X,Y,Z) are redundant. For example, X=HZH +. Therefore, one can dispense with a Clifford gate (Paul: X,Y,Z). The state of the art also refers to these three gates 1 to 3 as universal gates. The quantum computer can emulate these elementary gates using operations that induce spin rotations. However, the following must be noted: a) The X gate represents a reflection with a positive mapping determinant. The NV-center-based quantum computer cannot implement an X gate. The X gate is one of the Pauli matrices that flips the spin by 180° (hereinafter referred to as a quantum bit flip). However, the quantum computer can implement an iX gate. That is,With each gate operation, a phase shift of 90° is added (complex factor i). With an NV center, the quantum computer executes the X-gate by generating a microwave signal with the resonance energy (resonance frequency) of a defined temporal length and amplitude (Rabi frequency = yNv B with YN as the gyromagnetic moment of the NV center and B the magnetic component of the electromagnetic wave that acts perpendicular to the direction of the electron spin of the electron configuration of the NV center). Such a 7t pulse then has the temporal length l / (2y NB) (This corresponds to 180°). b) Rotations always have a negative determinant. The rotations therefore generate an additional general phase, which is not significant because it is not measurable. However, this phase must be taken into account during the calculation, since the phases can add up.The CROT gate is a unitary matrix that rotates the spin by an angle 0 about an axial surface in the four-dimensional space of the Bloch sphere (hereinafter referred to as quantum bit rotation or simply CROT). Here, too, a phase shift is added with each gate operation. For an NV center, the quantum computer implements the CROT gate by generating a microwave signal with the resonance energy (resonance frequency) of a defined temporal length and amplitude (YN B, where YN is the gyromagnetic moment of the NV center and B is the magnetic component of the electromagnetic wave acting perpendicular to the direction of the electron spin of the electron configuration of the NV center). Such a 0-pulse then has the temporal length l / (2y Nv B) (0 / 180°).If the phase of the microwave control (in the case of nuclear spins, the radio frequency control) is shifted by 90°, the CROT control, if it previously caused a rotation around the X-axis, changes to a control that causes a rotation around the Y-axis. The microwave phase position of the microwave control thus determines the rotation axis of a CROT operation. For nuclear spins, the radio wave phase position determines the rotation axis of a CROT operation for the nuclear spin.

[0089] A rotation of 180° along the x-axis is therefore not an X gate but an iX gate! Precisely, a CROT is not a CNOT but a CiNOT. To define a CNOT, an additional Z(jt / 2) (Clifford gate (Paul,Z) with a time length of TI / 2) must be inserted before or after the execution of the CROT instruction and act on the conditional partner quantum bit. The conditional partner quantum bit of an NV center can be a nuclear spin in the vicinity of the NV center or another NV center in the vicinity of the NV center.

[0090] An exemplary system for explanation can, for example, comprise a first NV center, a second NV center, and a third NV center, where the first NV center and the third NV center can each couple to respective nuclear spins assigned to exactly one of these two exemplary NV centers. The first NV center, the second NV center, and the third NV center are arranged as a linear chain, where the first NV center can only couple to the third NV center via the second NV center as an ancillary link, and cannot couple directly. If the quantum state of the second NV center is brought to the state m=0 by a quantum operation, this quantum operation decouples the first NV center from the third NV center. If another quantum operation brings the quantum state of the second NV center into the state m=+l or m=-l, then quantum operations can couple the first NV center with the third NV center.

[0091] A CROT operation around the Z axis can be realized by a -TI / 2 rotation around the Y axis and then an X gate and then a +7i / 2 rotation around the Y axis.

[0092] Initially, only the Z-axis is determined by the flux density of the magnetic field. With the first CROT operation, the quantum computer arbitrarily sets the X-axis for the NV center. While this reference is freely selectable, it must be maintained throughout a quantum calculation (phase stability). In addition to executing these gates, the quantum computer must place its quantum bits and its nuclear quantum bits in a defined initial state at the beginning of each calculation, and after executing all operations, the quantum computer must place its relevant quantum bits and / or its relevant nuclear quantum bits. If all three conditions are met, this quantum computer can perform arbitrary calculations and is then considered Turing-complete.

[0093] The goal of any universal quantum computer is therefore to achieve universal gates, as well as the conditions for initializing and reading quantum bits and nuclear quantum bits with high quality.

[0094] Basics:

[0095] The Hamiltonian for NV centers

[0096] The Hamiltonian for NV centers as quantum bits is:

[0097] H = D*m 2 + = YN *m* B Here

[0098] D for the zero field splitting,

[0099] YN for the gryromagnetic ratio of the NV center, m for the quantum number,

[0100] B for an external magnetic field acting on the NV center in the NV axis.

[0101] If the external magnetic field acting on the NV center is not aligned with the NV axis, then typically m is not a good quantum number due to interband mixing.

[0102] The Hamiltonian for atomic nuclei as nuclear quantum bits

[0103] The Hamiltonian for atomic nuclei as nuclear quantum bits includes a Zeeman part and possibly a quadrupole part (e.g. 14 N). The Hamiltonian for atomic nuclei as nuclear quantum bits is:

[0104] H= Y *I* B + Q*l 2 + HNV core,

[0105] Here are

[0106] Y for the gyromagnetic ratio,

[0107] I for the magnetic quantum number,

[0108] B for the external magnetic field acting on the nuclear spin,

[0109] Q For the quadrupole part independent of B

[0110] HN _Kem Determines the coupling strength between the nuclear spin of an atomic nucleus with a magnetic moment and the electronic spin of the electron configuration of a paramagnetic center (NV center NV1) using hyperfine-wavelength calculations. The hyperfine term can be split into a parallel and perpendicular part. Only the parallel term is important for the displacement.

[0111] For better differentiation, the document presented here designates atomic nuclei whose magnetic quantum number is less than the one presented here with I.

[0112] On the magnetic quantum number m of the negatively charged NV center

[0113] The magnetic quantum number m of the negatively charged NV center can take three values: -1, 0, and +1. For m=0, the NV center generates no magnetic field! The NVo state has only a single state.

[0114] The document presented here specifies a typical value for the gyromagnetic ratio of YN = 28.130 MHz / mT. The document presented here specifies a typical value for the zero-field splitting of D = 2.87 GHz.

[0115] Magnetic quantum number I of the nuclei:

[0116] The NV centers are embedded in a diamond crystal which essentially consists of carbon atoms in the form of essentially 12 C isotopes without spin and without magnetic moment. A few atoms in the diamond lattice of the diamond crystal are preferably 13 C isotopes. 13 C isotopes have spin -1 / 2 or +1 / 2. 13 C isotopes typically have no quadrupole moment. For m=0, therefore, 13C atomic nuclei that are strongly coupled to the NV center and a small external magnetic field, the Zeeman component due to the external magnetic field is negligible compared to the hyperfine interaction. In the sense of the document presented here, a small external magnetic field is a magnetic field with a magnetic flux density at the location of the respective nuclear quantum bit, as at the location of the respective nuclear spin, smaller than 100mT. Since the atomic nucleus of a quantum bit has only a dipole component, the atomic nucleus of the nuclear quantum bit typically shows no interaction with the NV center associated with it if the NV center is in a state in which it has the quantum number m=0. The document presented here states as a typical value for the gyromagnetic ratio of an atomic nucleus of a 13C isotope, which the quantum computer uses as a nuclear quantum bit, yi3c=10.7 kHz / mT. The document presented here states as a typical value for the quadrupole fraction Q independent of B of a 13 C isotope, which the quantum computer uses as a nuclear quantum bit, Q=0.

[0117] The transition from the states, for example, m=0 to m=1, is described by the Rabi frequency. The following applies:

[0118] Q=y * Bo.

[0119] Here, Bo is the magnetic component of the electromagnetic RF wave (RF) radiated into the respective quantum bit of the quantum computer with the resonant frequency resulting from the splitting of the states. This field is a vector field. The quantum computer must adapt the direction of the field when generating the RF wave to the orientation of the conductor track. The quantum computer uses the respective nuclear spins of the atomic nuclei ( 13C isotopes) typically use RF (radio frequency). Quantum computers preferentially use MW (microwaves) to control the respective NV centers.

[0120] The strength of the hyperfine interaction depends on the lattice position of the nuclear spins relative to the nitrogen atom (N) and the vacancy (V) within the diamond lattice. The document presented here gives the following exemplary values ​​for the radio frequency of the electromagnetic radiation for strongly coupled nuclei to couple the NV center with the nuclear spin of the associated coupled nucleus, which the quantum computer uses as a nuclear quantum bit, depending on the lattice position (see Figure 2): 126 MHz (J position directly next to the nitrogen), 13.8 MHz (A position), 13.2 MHz (B position), 6.5 MHz (D position), 4.2 MHz (E position, F position), 2.6 MHz (G position, H position), >0.8 MHz (weakly coupled). The document presented here explicitly points out that the quantum computer will use the Zeeman splitting in later operation depending on the orientation of the 13C isotopes relative to the NV center must be added or subtracted. The document presented here therefore proposes determining the values ​​for the Zeeman splitting in an initialization phase of the quantum computer and storing these values ​​and / or the sums or difference values ​​in a memory of the control device (pC) of the quantum computer (QC) and keeping them available for the operation of the quantum computer (QC). In the course of developing the technical teaching presented here, it was determined that the Zeeman splitting is typically approximately 0.5 MHz for a magnetic field with a magnetic flux density of 50 mT at the location of the pair of NV center and nuclear spin. In addition to the already mentioned 13 C-carbon isotopes, whose nuclear spins the quantum computer can use as nuclear quantum bits by means of the NV center-based quantum bits, the quantum computer can also use the nuclear spins of the nitrogen atoms of the NV centers as nuclear quantum bits.

[0121] The 14 N-nitrogen isotope has, in addition to the dipole component, also a quadrupole component and interacts with the electron spin of the electron configuration of the associated NV center even in the m=0 state of this NV center.

[0122] The document presented here gives as a typical value for the gyromagnetic ratio of an atomic nucleus of a 14 N-nitrogen isotope, which the quantum computer uses as a nuclear quantum bit, yi4N=3.07 kHz / mT.

[0123] The document presented here specifies as a typical value for the quadrupole fraction Q independent of B of a 14 N-nitrogen isotope, which the quantum computer uses as a nuclear quantum bit, Q .= 4945 kHz

[0124] Figure 3 shows the shift of the energy splitting by hyperfine WW hf Zeeman, nZ and quadrupole Q.

[0125] Q= quadrupole fraction hf= hyperfine interaction nZ=nuclear Zeeman splitting The document presented here explicitly points out that for the state of the NV center with quantum number m=0, typically no hyperfine interaction takes place.

[0126] coupling

[0127] The document presented here distinguishes between nuclei that are strongly coupled to the associated NV center via their nuclear spin and nuclei that are weakly coupled to the NV center via their nuclear spin.

[0128] Nuclei strongly coupled to the associated NV center are defined by a greater coupling strength (in MHz*h) compared to the line width of the resonance line of the NV center during the transition from m=0 to m=1 (in MHz*h). h is Planck's constant.

[0129] The classification of the coupling strength therefore always refers to the minimum linewidth of the resonance line of the respective NV center. While the coupling strength between the nuclear spin of the atomic nucleus and the electron spin of the NV center depends on the position of the nuclear spin of the atomic nucleus relative to the NV center and the distance of the nuclear spin of the atomic nucleus from the NV center in the crystal lattice of the diamond crystal and is not variable, the linewidth of the resonance line between two defined states can be increased depending on the amplitude, duration of exposure, shape, etc. The minimum achievable linewidth (lifetime of the state) is influenced by the crystal properties, the temperature of the crystal, the magnetic spins in the vicinity of the NV center and the associated nuclear spins of the nuclear quantum bits, as well as by generally alternating external and internal magnetic fields.

[0130] Essentially, the hyperfine interaction of the NV center influences the coupling strength (hyperfine linewidth) of strongly coupled nuclear spins of atomic nuclei in a small or moderate magnetic field (<300-500 mT depending on the coupling strength). The gates executed by the quantum computer are therefore directly dependent on the spin state of the NV centers coupled to the nuclear spins. This region is also called the freezing zone. Nuclear spin-nuclear spin quantum bit flips, which can lead to decoherence, are almost completely suppressed by the NV centers with m=+1, m=-1 (energy shift between the spins). The nuclear spins of the atomic nuclei used as nuclear quantum bits are frozen to a state of their associated NV center with m=0. For such a state of the NV center with m=0, a sufficiently strong external magnetic field can prevent these nuclear spin quantum bit flips.

[0131] The direct coupling between the nuclear spins of the atomic nuclei is small. The direct coupling between the nuclear spins of the atomic nuclei is small compared to the coupling between the NV center assigned to the respective atomic nucleus and the spin of this atomic nucleus. The direct coupling between the nuclear spins of the atomic nuclei therefore occurs on long timescales, in the ps to ms range. During the development of the technical theory of the document presented here, it was recognized that the influence of the direct coupling between the nuclear spins of the atomic nuclei can generally be neglected. For nuclear spins of such weakly coupled atomic nuclei of the nuclear quantum bits that are weakly coupled to the respective NV center, the splitting due to the hyperfine interaction is negligible compared to the effect of the external magnetic field.The resonance energy for these weakly coupled nuclei of the nuclear quantum bits is thus only weakly dependent on the spin state of the NV center. The resonance energy for these weakly coupled nuclei of the nuclear quantum bits is thus weakly dependent on the spin state of the NV center only when the splitting due to the hyperfine interaction is negligible compared to the effect of the external magnetic field on the resonance energy for these weakly coupled nuclei of the nuclear quantum bits. In this respect, the weakly coupled nuclei behave exactly the opposite of the strongly coupled nuclei.

[0132] The document proposed here thus proposes a quantum computer that includes NV centers in diamond as quantum bits and

[0133] • nuclear spins strongly bound to NV centers of atomic nuclei strongly coupled to these NV centers as nuclear quantum bits, which the present document hereinafter refers to as strong nuclear quantum bits, and

[0134] • nuclear spins weakly bound to NV centers of atomic nuclei weakly coupled to these NV centers as nuclear quantum bits, which the present document hereinafter refers to as weak nuclear quantum bits.

[0135] The resonance energy for the coupling of these weakly coupled nuclear spins of these atomic nuclei weakly coupled to the respective NV center is thus only weakly dependent on the respective spin state of the electron configuration of the respective NV center weakly coupled to this nuclear spin. Nuclear spins of atomic nuclei of nuclear quantum bits whose hyperfine interaction is smaller than the linewidth of the resonance line of the electron spin of the NV center are referred to as weakly coupled to the respective NV center. In this case, reading the nuclear spin through a CNOT gate to an NV center is no longer possible. The spin state of the NV center is switched independently of the state of the nuclear spins. The term "weakly coupled" thus depends on the environmental parameters and can be specifically altered by a change in temperature, an external magnetic field, or irradiated microwave power.Typically, the linewidth of the resonance line is 500 kHz. Nuclei are referred to as weakly coupled if their hyperfine and / or dipole interaction with the NV center results in a resonance line shift of less than 500 kHz. The resonance energy for these weakly coupled nuclei of the nuclear quantum bits is also only weakly dependent on the spin state of the NV center. The spin splitting of the resonance lines of the weakly bound nuclei is mainly determined by the nuclear Zeeman effect of the external magnetic field. An external magnetic field of just 23 mT causes... 13C nuclei exhibit a splitting of 500 kHz due to the nuclear-Zeeman effect. To control the nuclei individually, their resonance lines must also differ from the other nuclei by at least one linewidth. In fact, the linewidths of the nuclear states are only a few tens of kHz, so individual control is possible even with very weak hyperfine interactions.

[0136] initialization

[0137] The NV centers are initialized using a laser pulse as pump radiation with a defined duration and intensity. This duration depends on the coupling of the laser light and thus on the depth of the NV centers in the substrate, measured from the surface of the diamond crystal. Furthermore, the focusing conditions influence the intensity of the laser pump radiation at the location of the respective NV center. Since the NV center forms a dipole, the polarization angle is another determining factor. The NV center (formed from a nitrogen atom N and a vacancy V) defines an NV center axis. In developing the technical teaching of this document, linearly polarized light was used as pump radiation for the NV centers. Both the linear polarization of the incident light should preferably be perpendicular to the NV center axis.Addressing with circularly polarized light is also possible if the pointing vector of the light is parallel to the axis of the NV center. In this case, two rotations can be performed simultaneously. Any fluorescent radiation emitted by the NV center typically exhibits linear polarization with a polarization direction perpendicular to the NV center axis. Preferably, the microwave radiation for manipulating the electron spin of the electron configuration of the NV center is linearly polarized, with the polarization direction preferably perpendicular to the NV center axis. As before, manipulation can also be carried out here with circularly polarized electromagnetic waves (microwaves) whose pointing vector is parallel to the NV center axis. In this case, the excitation from m=-1 to m=0 can be distinguished from the excitation from m=0 to m=+1.This can be achieved using a cross-bar structure above the relevant NV center with appropriately phase-shifted modulated currents. Manipulation of a pair consisting of an NV center and a nuclear spin can be achieved with circularly polarized electromagnetic waves (radio waves) whose pointing vector is parallel to the NV center axis, provided the nuclear spin is positioned and oriented appropriately relative to the NV center. In this case, the excitation from m=-l to m=0 can be distinguished from the excitation from m=0 to m=+l. This can be achieved using a cross-bar structure above the relevant NV center with appropriately phase-shifted modulated currents. Nuclei with spin 1=1 / 2 or l=-l / 2 can be manipulated with linearly polarized electromagnetic waves. With circularly polarized electromagnetic waves, nuclei with spin 1=1 / 2 or l=-l / 2 only respond to the corresponding linearly polarized component.

[0138] Improved coupling and decoupling of light can be achieved, for example, using p lenses or pillars. Preferably, the quantum computer has optical functional elements between the surface of the diamond crystal and the light source for generating the pump radiation, i.e., for example, between the surface of the diamond crystal and the laser for generating the laser pulse, such as lenses, mirrors, apertures, photonic crystals, optical functional elements of diffractive and / or digital optics, Bragg filters, filters, optical waveguides, wave couplers, circulators, directional couplers, matching layers, etc., which improve the coupling and / or decoupling.

[0139] The resonance line width of the state of the respective NV center is influenced by the incident power. To achieve an optimal line width, the power should not exceed 10 pW. A laser pulse duration of 3-10 ps has proven optimal for initializing the NV centers in experimental tests developed by the technical instructors in the example setup used.

[0140] The quantum computer can initialize the nuclear spins of the atomic nuclei used as nuclear quantum bits in very different ways. According to the technical teaching of the document presented here, the following exemplary methods currently appear to be the most promising: a) SWOP of the quantum state of the NV center with the quantum state of the nuclear spin of a nuclear quantum bit under Hartmann-Hahn conditions (explanation follows), b) CROT on the quantum state of the NV center of the quantum bit, CROT on the quantum state of the nuclear nucleus of the atomic nucleus of the nuclear quantum bit and laser pulses for the re-initialization of the quantum state of the electron configuration of the NV center (one-sided SWOP) c) quantum bit flips in ESLAC (excited-state level anti-crossing) and GSLAC (ground-state level anti crossing) (hyperpolarization) (explanation follows).

[0141] Initialization of weakly coupled nuclear spins used as nuclear quantum bits

[0142] In the first method (a), when the quantum state of the NV center undergoes a SWOP with the quantum state of the nuclear spin of a nuclear quantum bit under Hartmann-Hahn conditions, the quantum computer transfers the information of the quantum state of the NV center to the quantum state of the nuclear spin of the respective atomic nucleus under a Hartmann-Hahn (HH) condition. The quantum computer sets the NV center as a (TI / 2)-PUIS using a Clifford gate (Paul: Y) and a subsequent Clifford gate (Paul: X). This causes the spin orientation of the electron of the NV center to rotate at a Rabi frequency (spin lock). The Rabi frequency is adjusted by adjusting the magnetic field so that the Rabi frequency is in resonance with the Larmor frequency of the nuclear spin of the atomic nucleus, so that a defined spin-spin swap (spin exchange) can take place.The spin-spin swap transition is again characterized by a time constant, which serves as the coupling constant. This makes a partial spin-spin swap controllable (e.g., 50% spin exchange).

[0143] This method is particularly effective for the coupling between NV centers and weakly coupled nuclear spins.

[0144] Quantum computer-implemented method for coupling weakly coupled nuclear spins to an NV center

[0145] Method a

[0146] The document presented here proposes a quantum computer that comprises NV centers as quantum bits and comprises strongly coupled nuclear spins strongly coupled to NV centers of quantum bits as strongly coupled nuclear quantum bits and comprises weakly coupled nuclear spins weakly coupled to NV centers of quantum bits as weakly coupled nuclear quantum bits, wherein the quantum computer is configured to couple an NV center of a quantum bit with a weakly coupled nuclear spin as a weakly coupled nuclear quantum bit by using a Clifford gate (Paul: Y) as a (TI / 2)-PUIS and by adjusting the magnetic field and / or by adjusting the amplitude of the microwave radiation of the Y-Clifford gate to modulate the Rabi frequency of the electron spin with the Larmor frequency of the nuclear spin, essentially meaning that this allows for spin-spin exchange.The document presented here proposes to determine the necessary precision in each quantum computer's design as part of a rework.

[0147] The quantum computer then reinitializes the NV center using a laser pulse from the pump radiation of the light source (laser). This process is suitable for nuclear spins of weakly coupled atomic nuclei that are weakly coupled to the NV center.

[0148] Quantum computer-implemented method for coupling strongly coupled nuclear spins to an NV center

[0149] Method b

[0150] The second method (b) is used to initialize nuclear spins of atomic nuclei of nuclear quantum bits that are strongly coupled to the NV center: The quantum computer performs a CNOT on the NV center depending on the quantum state of the strongly coupled nuclear spin of the strongly coupled atomic nucleus of the nuclear quantum bit. If the quantum state of the strongly coupled nuclear spin of the strongly coupled atomic nucleus of the nuclear quantum bit is in the wrong quantum state, the transition occurs. If the quantum state of the strongly coupled nuclear spin of the strongly coupled atomic nucleus of the nuclear quantum bit is not in the wrong quantum state, the transition does not occur.If the quantum state of the strongly coupled nuclear spin of the strongly coupled nucleus of the nuclear quantum bit is in the wrong quantum state, the CNOT can occur on the nuclear spin of the strongly coupled nucleus of the nuclear quantum bit, and the quantum computer rotates the strongly coupled nuclear spin of the strongly coupled nucleus of the nuclear quantum bit by manipulating it through the NV center of the quantum bit. The quantum computer then initializes the NV center with a laser pulse.

[0151] Method c

[0152] In the third method (c), the quantum computer performs spin flips in the "exciting state anti-level crossing" (ESLAC). The quantum computer sets a magnetic flux density at which, in the excited state of the NV center, the quantum states with m=0 and with m=-l are energetically degenerate. However, the nuclear spins of the atomic nuclei of the nuclear quantum bits cancel this degeneracy, and spin-spin flips can then occur between the nuclear spins of the atomic nuclei of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer and the spin of the respective electron configuration of the respective NV center. These spin flips lead to a polarization of the nuclear spins of the atomic nuclei of the nuclear quantum bits, which couple to this NV center. Depending on the magnetic field, this polarization can be positive (spin-up) or negative (spin-down). Unfortunately, this type of initialization is currently only possible with strongly coupled nuclei.

[0153] To achieve polarization, the quantum computer must optimally align the magnetic flux density of the magnetic field with the axis of the respective NV center (z-axis). Various methods are available for this. The simplest is for the quantum computer to maximize the light intensity of the NV center by changing the orientation of the magnetic field flux density, while keeping the magnitude of the flux density constant. Preferably, the quantum computer determines the orientation of the magnetic flux density using the resonance line of the NV transition, for example, from the quantum state m=0 to m=1 of the electron configuration of the NV center. The quantum computer can achieve this using Ramsey sequences.

[0154] Reading

[0155] The quantum computer reads the quantum states of an NV center and the nuclear spins associated with that NV center using the NV center. The quantum computer distinguishes whether the NV center is in an m=0 or m=+-1 quantum state.

[0156] If the NV center is in the m=-l or m=+l quantum state, the quantum computer can be operated by means of a laser pulse from the light source as a pump radiation source with pump radiation wavelength pm p excite the NV center. However, the excited state of the NV center can decay in two ways: In 70% of cases and with a lifetime of approximately 10 ns, the de-excitation of the excited state of the NV center in the m-1 ground state occurs by the emission of a photon. In this case, the laser as a light source excites the pump radiation with pump radiation wavelength pmp immediately restores the quantum state of the NV center. With a probability of 30%, the NV center then undergoes a forbidden interband transition from the triplet S=1 to the singlet S=0 state. This quantum state is metastable and, with a lifetime of approximately 100-300 ns, is stable an order of magnitude longer than direct decay to the ground state. After this time, the quantum state of the NV center decays back to the triplet state (m=0). This transition of the quantum state of the NV center occurs radiationlessly.

[0157] For the m=0 state, this transition to the singlet is suppressed, the NV center falls back to the ground state at m=0 by emitting a photon with a wavelength of 636-700 nm and is continuously re-excited by the laser.

[0158] Since the metastable state is stable for approximately one order of magnitude longer than the radiative transition, a distinction can be made between m=0 and m=-l,+l due to the different number of photons per laser pulse. The contrast observable by the quantum computer results from the ratio of the two different lifetimes and corresponds to a factor of 10-30 for the first 300-500 ns. Under ideal conditions, the quantum computer can determine approximately 0.8 photons per laser pulse for the quantum state m=0 of the NV center. The number of photons for m=-l or m=+l under these conditions is < 0.1 photons per laser pulse. The quantum computer therefore preferably repeats each measurement of a quantum state of an NV center approximately 1000-5000 times in order to achieve the necessary number of results for a reliable statistical evaluation and for a reliable determination of a quantum state.The quantum computer determines the optimal laser power when emitting the laser pulses through the light source (pump radiation source) in an initialization phase, preferably by determining a saturation curve and extracting this optimal laser power.

[0159] There are several ways to increase the contrast. The first method is based on the possibility of changing the nuclear spin of the 14 N-nitrogen nucleus of the NV center (which is then no longer available as a qubit). In the ESLAC, a flip takes place between the nuclear spin of the 14 N-nitrogen atomic nucleus of the NV center and the electron spin of the electron configuration of the NV center. This flip leads to a transformation of the quantum state of the electron configuration of the NV center from the quantum state with m=-1 to the quantum state with m=0 or from the quantum state with m=0 to the quantum state with m=+1. If the nuclear spin of the 14N-nitrogen atom of the NV center in the l=-l state, 2 flips are needed to change the nuclear spin of the 14 N-nitrogen atom of the NV center into the stable l=+l. If the 14 If N is used as ancilla qubit, this integration increases the dark phase of the NV center by a factor of 3 and thus increases the contrast between the quantum states of the electron configuration of the NV center with m=0 compared to m=-l by a factor of three per laser pulse.

[0160] In the second step, the quantum computer reads out the quantum states of the nuclear spins of the atomic nuclei of the nuclear quantum bits via a pre-connected primitive CROT gate for the NV center depending on the respective nuclear states.

[0161] The quantum computer preferably performs a quantum computation multiple times for error correction. To increase fidelity, the quantum computer should perform the CROT alternately in a stochastically determined order, or at least in a newly determined order with each new quantum computation. The quantum computer preferably checks all quantum states of strongly coupled spins of atomic nuclei of strongly coupled nuclear quantum bits using a corresponding CROT operation of the NV center. The quantum computer preferably controls multiple frequencies simultaneously. The corresponding signals can be calculated by Fourier transforming several signals from the time domain to the frequency domain, subsequent summation in the frequency domain to form a sum signal, and back-transformation to the time domain, and then generated accordingly at the location of the NV center.The quantum computer therefore requires 2 nuclear quantum bits to read out the nuclear quantum states of 3 nuclear spins of 3 atomic nuclei. 3 =8 CROT gates to check combinations of quantum states. If the nuclei are in one of these 2 3 Combinations of quantum states of these three quantum bits, the NV transition of the NV center occurs and can be detected as such.

[0162] Gates for NV-core systems with strongly coupled cores:

[0163] In systems with strongly coupled nuclear spins of atomic nuclei of the nuclear quantum bits of the quantum computer to the electron configuration of an NV center, the gate operations of the coupled nuclear spins of the atomic nuclei of the nuclear quantum bits always depend on the quantum state of the electron spin of the electron configuration of the NV center, and vice versa. In contrast, the operations of the strongly coupled nuclear spins of the atomic nuclei of the nuclear quantum bits are not necessarily dependent on the state of other strongly coupled nuclear spins of the atomic nuclei of the nuclear quantum bits.

[0164] The resulting primitive gates are therefore always conditional rotations: a) CROTK of the nuclei depending on the quantum state of the electronic spin of the electron configuration of the NV center NV1. b) CROTN of the electronic spin of the electron configuration of the paramagnetic center (NV center NV1) depending on all quantum states of all strongly coupled nuclear spins of the atomic nuclei of strongly coupled nuclear quantum bits.

[0165] If the axis of the NV center (NV axis) defines the z-axis, rotations can occur along the x-axis and y-axis. A rotation along the y axis is characterized by a phase shift of 90° compared to x-axis rotations. The phase position is defined by the first gates, as described above. (The position of the coordinate system is symmetrical around the z-axis and therefore arbitrary.)

[0166] A rotation about the z-axis is achieved by a combination of 3 rotations CROT_z(0) = CROT_Y(- TI / 2) CROT_X(0) CROT_Y(TI / 2) as already described above.

[0167] With the two primitive gates, the quantum computer can now generate all universal gates: This will be illustrated by the following examples:

[0168] Assumption: Magnetic field B in z-direction with B=51 mT (ESLAC). Two 13 C nuclei are located on the 3rd lattice site (13.8 MHz) and 5th lattice site (4.2 MHz) relative to the NV center. In addition, the electron configuration of the NV center can be 14 N- nitrogen nucleus nucleus of the NV center couple.

[0169] The quantum computer uses the spin state of the electron configuration of the NV center for m=0 and m=-1. The quantum computer uses the nuclear quantum states of the 14N-nitrogen atom of the NV center with nuclear quantum states 1=0 and l=+l as a nuclear quantum bit. The quantum computer uses the nuclear quantum states of the 13 C isotopes in the vicinity of the NV center with nuclear quantum states I = -1 / 2 and +1 / 2 as additional nuclear quantum bits. The quantum computer initializes the spin state of the electron configuration of the NV center and the nuclear quantum states of the nuclear spins of the nuclear quantum bits using the laser pulse of the pump radiation source LD with pump radiation wavelength pm p out.

[0170] The following gate operations are thus obtained by rotating the Bloch sphere through an angle 0. 0 is defined by the amplitude and length of the RF or MW field (and thus the Rabi frequency). The conductor and polarization directions, as well as the magnetic field, are optimally configured. In the ESLAC, the 14 N-nitrogen atom as a nuclear quantum bit on l=+l and the13 C carbon isotopes as nuclear quantum bits polarized to l=+l / 2.

[0171] Typical periods of the Rabi oscillation for 200mV input and 40dB gain are as follows:

[0172] NV300ns

[0173] 13 C_i with 13.8 MHz 13ps

[0174] 13 C_2 with 4.2 MHz 70ps

[0175] 14 N at 2.94MHz 40 ps

[0176] From these values ​​and the basics mentioned above, the following primitive gates result:

[0177] For the nuclear quantum bits for the assigned NV center in the m=-l quantum state, the following RF pulse frequencies result:

[0178] 13 C_i CROT with 13.3 MHz (ji=7ps)

[0179] 13 C_2 CROT with 4.7 MHz (ji=35ps)

[0180] 14 N CROT with 2.94 MHz (ji=20ps)

[0181] For the nuclear quantum bits for the assigned NV center in the m=0 quantum state, the following RF pulse frequencies result:

[0182] 14 N: CROT at 5.1 MHz (ji=20ps).

[0183] 13 C: State cannot be changed.

[0184] For the NV center, 8 resonance energies must be considered, corresponding to the combination of the spin states of the coupled nuclear spins of the nuclear quantum bits. The resulting frequencies for the MW pulse are necessary to drive the quantum state of the electron configuration of the NV center from m=0 to m=-1. The Rabi frequency is independent of the nuclear states, and the pulse lengths are identical for all nuclear spin states of the coupled nuclear quantum bits. The states given here correspond to nuclear states for 13 C_i, 13 C_2, 14 N.

[0185] The following table provides exemplary CROT frequencies (MHz) for various nuclear spin states as determined in the development of the technical teachings of this disclosure:

[0186] |000> 1400.0 MHz

[0187] |001> 1397.06 MHz

[0188] |010> 1404.7 MHz

[0189] |011> 1401.76 MHz

[0190] 1100> 1413.2 MHz

[0191] 1101>1410.26MHz 1417.9MHz 1414.96MHz

[0192] Since the resonance linewidth of the electron spin of the electron configuration of the NV center is approximately 0.5 MHz, smaller than the frequency separation of the resonances, all transitions can be performed without crossover. However, using very large amplitudes, i.e., short pulses, leads to a strong broadening of the resonance line (by up to 6 MHz).

[0193] With this pulse, the transitions | 000>, | 001>, | 010>, and 1011> can be modified simultaneously at a frequency of 1402 MHz. Likewise, the resonance lines for 1100>, 1101>, 1110, and 111> can be driven with a pulse of this width at a frequency of 1414 MHz. Crosstalk can be reduced through optimal pulse control.

[0194] The universal gates can now be represented as a combination of the primitive gates:

[0195] For the it of the NV center (single gate): iX (0) (or iX) is formed by the sum of all CROT() or by two strong -pulses of, for example, 1402 and 1414 MHz. The length defines the angle of rotation at the same amplitude. iY (0) (or iY) is like X, only the pulses are offset by a 90° phase. iZ (0) is given by Y(-TT / 2) X(0) Y(TI / 2) H (Hadamard) is given by Y(TT / 2) Z(TI)

[0196] S (phase shift by TI / 4) is given by Z(jt / 4)

[0197] 2 Qubit Gate:

[0198] CiNOT(NV, Kernel) The partial sum of the respective rotations of the non-dependent qubit

[0199] (4x CROT around the same axis with the appropriate frequency)

[0200] CCiNOT(NV, core) The respective partial sum of the non-dependent qubits (2xCROT)

[0201] CCCiNOT(N / A, Core): a CROT for 000>

[0202] CNOT(NV, core): Z(JT / 2) CiNOT(NV, core)

[0203] The following gates result for the core qubits

[0204] Single Gate: iX : CROT for m=-l of the NV center

[0205] If m is not known: iX: CROT,X_NV, CROT, X_NV for m=-l of the NV center NV1 iY: X with a 90° phase shift of the radio wave for m=-l of the NV center NV1 iZ (0) given by Y(-7t / 2) X(0) Y(TT / 2) for m=-l of the NV center

[0206] H (Hadamard) is given by Y(TT / 2) Z(TI) for m=-l of the NV center

[0207] S (phase rotation by TI / 4) is given by Z(jt / 4) for m=-l of the NV center

[0208] 2 qubits:

[0209] CiNOT(core, NV) is a primitive gate CROT (180°) for m=-l of the NV center.

[0210] For m=0 the gate is not executed.

[0211] CiNOT(nucleus_1, nucleus_2) always occurs via the NV center. It is a Hadamard on the nuclear spin of nucleus_1, CROT on the NV center 2 Pi, Hadamard on nucleus_1

[0212] CiNOT (core_l, core_2). CiNOT(core_l, NV), CiNOT(NV, core_2), CiNOT(core_l, NV) for m=-l

[0213] Or if the status of the NV is unknown:

[0214] CiNOT(Core_l,Core_2). CiNOT(Kern_l,NV), CiNOT(NV_Kern_2) CiNOT(Kern_l, NV), iX_NV, CiNOT(Kern_l,NV), CiNOT(NV,Kern_2) CiNOT(Kern_l,NV), iX_NV

[0215] SWAP(NV,Core) CiNOT(Core,NV) CiNOT_Y(NV,Core)Z((7i / 2) CiNOT(Core,NV)

[0216] This defines all universal gates.

[0217] Gate combinations:

[0218] The special property of the NV-center system allows for multi-qubit operations that would otherwise only be possible with multiple 2-qubit gates. This allows for the complete simulation of multi-dimensional truth tables using a few gate operations, thus allowing the definition of complex multi-qubit gates such as full addition, multiplication, or other logical functions for circuits and evaluations.

[0219] A basic principle of the gates described below is a combination, on the one hand, of rotations of the electronic spin of the electron configuration of the NV center NV1 as electronic quantum bit NV1 to rotate the nuclear spins of the nuclear quantum bits coupled to the NV center NV1 as electronic quantum bit NV1 in the coordinate system of electronic spins of the electron configuration of the NV center NV1 and, on the other hand, of rotations of individual or multiple nuclear spins of individual nuclear quantum bits of the nuclear quantum bits qO, ql, q2, q3.

[0220] A very important gate in the following is a virtual RZ gate on a nuclear quantum output bit. The quantum computer QC implements the virtual RZ gate by having the control device pC of the quantum computer QC phase-shift the base frequency of its microwave and / or radio frequency generator MW / RF-AWFG (second means M2) to generate the waveform of the radio frequency microwave signal for controlling the coupling between the electronic quantum bit NV1 of the electron configuration of the NV center and the respective nuclear quantum output bit. Further details on the virtual RZ gate on a nuclear quantum bit can be found in the description of Figure 6.

[0221] Variant 1.1 Multi-Qubit Gate

[0222] The paper presented here proposes a quantum computer-implemented method for executing a multi-qubit gate that comprises the following steps:

[0223] The quantum computer-implemented method for executing a multi-qubit gate begins with the provision 10010 of a quantum computer QC. The quantum computer QC comprises a paramagnetic center, in particular an NV center NV1, with an electronic spin of the electron configuration of the paramagnetic center, in particular of the NV center NV1 in diamond, as the electronic quantum bit NV1 of the quantum computer QC. The substrate D of the diamond preferably represents the quantum processor QPROZ, which comprises a quantum aluminum QS1 with the paramagnetic center, in particular the NV center NV1, and the nuclear spins of isotopes with a magnetic moment coupled to the paramagnetic center NV1, typically 13C-isotopes in the diamond material of the substrate D of the quantum processor QPROZ. Thus, the quantum computer QC preferably comprises n+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qn, where n is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1, wherein the n+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qn have at least n respective nuclear spins, of isotopes with a magnetic moment and / or in particular of 13C isotopes in diamond, as respective nuclear quantum bits qO to qn. The said n+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qn typically comprise at least one nuclear spin of an atom of the paramagnetic center NV1 with a magnetic moment, in particular a nuclear spin of the nitrogen atom of this NV center NV1 in diamond, as a nuclear quantum bit of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qn. In order to form a quantum aluminum, these n+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qn can each be individually coupled to the said electronic quantum bit NV1 of the quantum computer QC.This coupling is preferably achieved by a dipole / dipole coupling between the magnetic moments of the spin of the electron configuration of the paramagnetic center as the electronic quantum bit NV1 on the one hand, and the respective magnetic moments of the isotopes with a magnetic moment as nuclear quantum bits q0 to qn in the vicinity of the spin of the electron configuration of the paramagnetic center as the electronic quantum bit NV1 on the other hand. Typically, this means that the respective distances are less than 20 nm, preferably less than 10 nm, or better still, less than 5 nm, so that the respective coupling is good. Typically, the quantum computer QC comprises first means M1. These first means M1 are preferably used by the quantum computer QC or the control device pC of the quantum computer QC to form orInitializing the first electronic quantum bit NV1 of the first quantum ALU QS1. The control device pC of the quantum computer QC is preferably configured to initialize the first electronic quantum bit NV1 of the first quantum ALU QS1 by means of other device parts of the quantum computer QC, in particular by irradiating a pump radiation pulse of the pump radiation (LB) with a pump radiation wavelength (λ). pmp) into the first electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the first quantum ALU (QS1) of the quantum computer (QC). The document presented here refers in particular to the documents WO 2021 083 448 A1, WO 2020 260640 A1, WO 2021018 654 A1, WO 2022 228 613 A1, WO 2023 170054 A1 as well as to the PCT application with WI PO file number PCT / EP2024 / 073495, which had not yet been published at the time of filing this document. Furthermore, the quantum computer QC has second means M2 • firstly for manipulating the quantum state of the electronic quantum bit NV1 in the form of the electronic spin of the electron configuration of the paramagnetic center, in particular NV center NV1, by irradiating the paramagnetic center, in particular the NV center NV1, with microwave radiation and

[0224] • Secondly, o for manipulating the couplings of the quantum state of the electronic spin of the electronic quantum bit NV1 of the paramagnetic center, in particular of the NV center NV1, with one or more of the respective nuclear spins of the respective nuclear quantum bits of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qn by irradiating the electronic quantum bit of the paramagnetic center, in particular of the NV center NV1, with microwave and / or radio wave radiation and / or o for manipulating the quantum state of one or more respective nuclear spins of the respective nuclear quantum bits of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qn by irradiating the electronic quantum bit of the paramagnetic center, in particular of the NV center NV1, and the respective nuclear quantum bits of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qn with microwave and / or radio wave radiation.

[0225] In addition, the quantum computer QC comprises third means M3 for reading the quantum state of the electronic quantum bit of the paramagnetic center, in particular of the NV center NV1, and optionally for reading the quantum state of one or more respective nuclear spins of the respective nuclear quantum bits of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits q0 to qn as one or more respective quantum states of one or more respective nuclear quantum bits q0 to qn. The first means M1 and the third means M3 can be entirely or partially identical. For the construction and operation of such quantum computers QC, the document presented here refers, for example, to the exemplary documents

[0226] DE 102020 101 784 B3 or EP 4292 025 B1 or WO 2023 170054 A1 as well as the international application PCT / EP2024 / 073495, which was still unpublished at the time of filing this document. Optionally, the multi-qubit gate presented here uses nuclear quantum bits of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits (q0 to qn) as quantum input bits of the multi-qubit gate to enable the transfer of quantum data to the multi-qubit gate.

[0227] The actual multi-qubit gate proposed here begins with the execution of a first Hadamard gate (H). The multi-qubit gate executes the Hadamard gates according to method A or method B. This renders the respective nuclear quantum bit of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits (q0 to qn) insensitive to coupling with the electronic quantum bit NV1.

[0228] The multi-qubit gate executes the first Hadamard gate (H) in method A by performing the manipulation of the nuclear spin of a neutralized nuclear quantum bit (e.g., q3) of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits q0 to qn, hereinafter referred to as the nuclear quantum gate output bit, using a TT / 2 pulse with a corresponding radio frequency pulse. The angle TI / 2 is typically related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the nuclear spin of the nuclear quantum gate output bit (e.g., q3). The radio frequency of the n / 2 pulse typically corresponds to the frequency for manipulating the spin of the neutralized nuclear quantum bit (e.g., q3). What neutralization of a nuclear quantum bit means in the sense of the document presented here will be explained below.In a second step of method A for implementing the first Hadamard gate, an RZ(ji) gate 10030 is executed, in particular by executing a virtual RZ(ji) gate 10030, on the quantum gate output bit (e.g., q3). In method B, the multi-qubit gate executes the first Hadamard gate (H) by executing 10020 the manipulation of the nuclear spin of a neutralized nuclear quantum bit (e.g., q3) of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits q0 to qn, hereinafter referred to as the nuclear quantum gate output bit, by means of a TI / 2 pulse using a corresponding radio frequency pulse. The angle TI / 2 is typically related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the nuclear spin of the nuclear quantum gate output bit (e.g., q3). The radio frequency of the n / 2 pulse typically corresponds to the frequency for manipulating the spin of the neutralized nuclear quantum bit (e.g., q3).What neutralization of a nuclear quantum bit means in the sense of the document presented here will be explained below. The quantum output bit can, but need not, be different from the quantum input bits. In the next step, the electronic quantum bit NV1 is manipulated as a function of the non-neutralized nuclear quantum bits q0 to qn, without the neutralized quantum bit (e.g., q3). To this end, the quantum computer QC executes a 2ji gate 10030 on the electronic quantum bit NV1 of the paramagnetic center, in particular the NV center NV1, using a microwave pulse. The microwave pulse typically has a duration of 2TI, the period of the Rabi oscillation of the spin of the electron configuration of the first paramagnetic center, in particular the first NV center NV1, of the first electronic quantum bit NV1.This microwave pulse is typically configured by means of its microwave pulse spectrum so that p nuclear quantum bits of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qn influence the electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the paramagnetic center, in particular the NV center NV1, where l <p<n+l und p eine ganze positive Zahl ist, und dass n+l-p nukleare Quantenbits der n+1 nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis qn dabei das elektronische Quantenbit NV1 des paramagnetischen Zentrums, insbesondere des NV-Zentrums NV1, NICHT beeinflussen. Diese n+l-p nukleare Quantenbits der n+1 nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis qn, die das elektronische Quantenbit NV1 des paramagnetischen Zentrums, insbesondere des NV-Zentrums NV1, NICHT beeinflussen, werden im Folgenden und in diesem Anspruch als neutralisierte oder neutral gestellte nukleare Quantenbits der n+1 nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis qn bezeichnet.These neutralized nuclear quantum bits of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qn typically comprise the quantum gate output bit.

[0229] It is now important that only the resonance frequencies of the respective couplings of the respective configurations of the respective quantum states (e.g., <1 | as "spin up" and <0 | as "spin down") of the respective nuclear quantum bits of the p nuclear quantum bits of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits q0 to qn, which in the microwave spectrum are different in amplitude from zero and thus used, which influence the electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the paramagnetic center, in particular the NV center NV1, lead to a change in the quantum state of the spin of the electron configuration of the paramagnetic center of the corresponding electronic quantum bit NV1. The basic idea is to generate the desired logical operation by selecting these frequencies and by superimposing and / or sequentially applying these frequencies in successive 2TI pulses.One can therefore say that the electronic quantum bit NV1 is "switched" by means of the frequencies of the microwave pulse depending on the states of the p nuclear input quantum bits. Each frequency therefore represents a quantum logic gate with n+1 inputs, which enables the "switching" of the electronic quantum bit NV1 whenever the total state vector of the states of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits q0 to qn corresponds to the state combination of the quantum states of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits q0 to qn corresponding to this frequency. A nuclear quantum bit can thus be set neutral or

[0230] Finally, the quantum computer (QC) executes a second Hadamard gate (H) (10050) when executing the multi-qubit gate. If the quantum computer (QC) executes the multi-qubit gate using a method for executing the second Hadamard gate (H) (10020) according to method A, the execution of the second Hadamard gate (H) (10020) occurs in a first substep by manipulating the nuclear spin of the nuclear quantum gate output bit (e.g., q3) using a TI / 2 pulse with a corresponding radio frequency pulse. The duration of TI / 2 is again typically related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the nuclear spin of the nuclear quantum gate output bit (e.g., q3).In the event that the quantum computer (QC) executes the multi-qubit gate with an execution method of the second Hadamard gate (H) (10020) according to method A, the execution of the second Hadamard gate (H) (10020) takes place in a second substep by executing an RZ(ji) gate (10060), in particular by executing a virtual RZ(ji) gate (10030), on the nuclear quantum gate output bit (e.g. q3). In case the quantum computer (QC) executes the multi-qubit gate with an execution method of the second Hadamard gate (H) (10020) according to method B, the execution of the second Hadamard gate (H) (10020) is carried out by performing the manipulation of the nuclear spin of a neutralized nuclear quantum bit (e.g. q3) of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits (q0 to qn), hereinafter referred to as nuclear quantum gate output bit, by means of a -TI / 2 pulse using a corresponding radio frequency pulse.(Note the sign of the -7t / 2 pulse!) Here, too, the duration of TI / 2 is typically related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the nuclear spin of the nuclear quantum gate output bit (e.g., q3).

[0231] The basic structure of the gate is thus as follows: a. First, a first Hadamard gate is applied to the nuclear quantum output bit of the quantum Alu, using a TI / 2 radio pulse and an optional virtual RZ gate. b. Second, a 2TI-PUIS is applied to the electronic quantum bit of the quantum Alu, using a quantum switching matrix. This step performs the actual quantum logic operation. The quantum output bit is neutralized. c. First, a second Hadamard gate is applied to the nuclear quantum output bit of the quantum Alu, using a phase-correct TI / 2 radio pulse and an optional virtual RZ gate.

[0232] The most important finding is the realization of the quantum switching matrix through the frequency composition of the microwave pulse of the second step b. With the microwave pulse of the second step, the quantum computer QC controls the couplings between the n+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qn of the controlled quantum aluminum QS1 of the quantum processor QPROZ in the substrate D of the quantum computer QC. In step b, the microwave spectrum of the microwave pulse preferably does NOT include resonance frequencies for addressing individual nuclear quantum bits of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qn of the controlled quantum aluminum QS1 via the electronic quantum bit NV1 of the controlled quantum aluminum QS1 of the quantum processor QPROZ in the substrate D of the quantum computer QC.Instead, the microwave spectrum of the microwave pulse in step b preferably comprises resonance frequencies for addressing the electronic quantum bit NV1 of the controlled quantum aluminum QS1 of the quantum processor QPROZ in the substrate D of the quantum computer QC precisely when the total state vector of the quantum states of the nuclear quantum bits of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qn of the controlled quantum aluminum QS1 corresponds as partial state vectors (in mixed states) to one or more predeterminable state vectors. Each possible combination of quantum states of the nuclear quantum bits of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qn of the controlled quantum aluminum QS1 corresponds to exactly one microwave frequency. This results in four behavioral cases for the result of the 2ji pulse: i.If the microwave pulse of the 2ji gate on the electronic quantum bit NV1 of the quantum Alu comprises exactly one microwave frequency, which is assigned to exactly this one state vector of the quantum states of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits q0 to qn of the controlled quantum Alu QS1, and if this state exists as a state vector of the quantum states of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits q0 to qn of the controlled quantum Alu QS1 at least as part of a mixed state, then the microwave pulse influences the quantum state of the electronic quantum bit NV1 of the quantum Alu QS1. ii.If the microwave pulse of the 2ji gate on the electronic quantum bit NV1 of the quantum Alu comprises exactly one microwave frequency, which is assigned to exactly this one state vector of the quantum states of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits q0 to qn of the controlled quantum Alu QS1, and if this state is NOT present as a state vector of the quantum states of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits q0 to qn of the controlled quantum Alu QS1 at least as part of a mixed state, then the microwave pulse does NOT influence the quantum state of the electronic quantum bit NV1 of the quantum Alu QS1. iii.If the microwave pulse of the 2ji gate on the electronic quantum bit NV1 of the quantum Alu does NOT include this exact one microwave frequency, which is assigned to exactly this one state vector of the quantum states of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits q0 to qn of the controlled quantum Alu QS1, and if this state exists as a state vector of the quantum states of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits q0 to qn of the controlled quantum Alu QS1 at least as part of a mixed state, then the microwave pulse does NOT influence the quantum state of the electronic quantum bit NV1 of the quantum Alu QS1. iv.If the microwave pulse of the 2ji gate on the electronic quantum bit NV1 of the quantum Alu does NOT include this exactly one microwave frequency, which is assigned to exactly this one state vector of the quantum states of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qn of the controlled quantum Alu QS1, and if this state is NOT present as a state vector of the quantum states of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qn of the controlled quantum Alu QS1 at least as part of a mixed state, then the microwave pulse does NOT influence the quantum state of the electronic quantum bit NV1 of the quantum Alu QS1.

[0233] The outstanding feature is that the microwave pulse can exhibit several such state-specific microwave frequencies simultaneously. Thus, a test for the presence of several possible state vectors of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits q0 to qn of the controlled quantum aluminum QS1 can be performed simultaneously with a single microwave pulse. It is also conceivable to split the 27i microwave pulse of step b into several, preferably immediately consecutive, 27i microwave pulses of step b.If two microwave frequencies of the 27i microwave pulse of step b result in step b of the 2ji pulse checking for a <0| -state and simultaneously for a <1| -state for one and the same nuclear quantum bit of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qn of the controlled quantum Alu QS1, then these two microwave frequencies of this microwave pulse neutralize each other with regard to precisely this nuclear quantum bit of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qn of the controlled quantum Alu QS1 with regard to the effect on the electronic quantum bit NV1 of the quantum Alu QS1. Therefore, exactly then this nuclear quantum bit of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qn of the controlled quantum Alu QS1 does not influence the quantum state of the electronic quantum bit NV1 of the quantum Alu QS1 in this 2TI-PUIS of this multi-qubit gate.The document presented here refers to such a nuclear quantum bit of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits q0 to qn of the controlled quantum aluminum QS1 as a neutralized or neutralized nuclear quantum bit of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits q0 to qn of the controlled quantum aluminum QS1, since it does not influence the electronic quantum bit NV1 in this 2TI-PUIS of this multi-qubit gate. It is an essential finding arising from the development of the technical teaching presented here that the selection of microwave frequencies from the set of 2n+l microwave frequencies f<000...01 to f<000...0 |, corresponding to the 2n+l state vectors <000...0| to <111...1 | possible states can be assigned, allowing the realization of value tables to influence the electronic quantum bit NV1 of the quantum aluminum QS1.The possible state values ​​of the possible state vectors realize the input values ​​of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qn of the controlled quantum Alu QS1, the input values ​​of the value tables, and the influence of the electronic quantum bit NV1 of the quantum Alu QS1, the output value of the respective value table.

[0234] This enables the application of Boolean logic to quantum operations.

[0235] For example, it is conceivable to represent each quantum bit redundantly using three nuclear quantum bits. If a quantum bit error occurs in a subquantum bit, the quantum logic, which the quantum switching matrix uses in the form of the microwave frequencies used in the 27i microwave pulse, can detect and correct it. A simple quantum logic gate with two quantum input bits and one quantum output bit therefore preferably uses three nuclear subquantum bits for the quantum coding of the first quantum input bit, three nuclear subquantum bits for the quantum coding of the second quantum input bit, and three nuclear subquantum bits for the quantum coding of the quantum output bit to propagate the redundancy. The three nuclear subquantum bits for the quantum coding of the quantum output bit are typically neutralized during the 2ji pulse.

[0236] It is obvious that even such a simple error-redundant gate places extreme demands on the frequency accuracy of the microwave pulses. For the representation of redundant quantum bits, with three subquantum bits per state, four possible representations can be used in principle.

[0237] Thus, the quantum bit state <0| of an error-correctable nuclear quantum bit consisting of three nuclear subquantum bits can be represented by the four subquantum bit states <0001, <0011, <0101, <1001. Typically, the states <0011, <010|, <100| are error states.

[0238] Thus, the quantum bit state <11 of an error-correctable nuclear quantum bit consisting of three nuclear subquantum bits can be represented by the four subquantum bit states <1111, <1101, <1011, <0111. Typically, the states <1101, <101, <011 are error states.

[0239] The document presented here discloses the possibility of realizing the following error-correcting quantum logic gates as multi-qubit gates with two error-correctable quantum input bits together with at least 7 nuclear quantum bits qO to q6 (non-error-correctable quantum output bit with only one nuclear sub-quantum bit) or with at least 9 nuclear quantum bits qO to q8 (more error-correctable quantum output bit with three nuclear sub-quantum bits).

[0240] AND quantum gate

[0241] Here, an e in the column "Error-correctable or non-error-correctable quantum output bit B" means that the composition of the microwave frequencies of the microwave pulse in the 2TI-PUIS of step b is chosen such that the electronic quantum bit NV1 of the quantum Alu QS1 is influenced by the state vector of the 7 nuclear quantum bits q0 to q6 or 8 nuclear quantum bits q0 to q8, which form the subquantum bits of the quantum bits A, B, C, respectively. The microwave frequencies of the microwave pulse in the 2TI-PUIS of step b are selected such that the electronic quantum bit NV1 of the quantum aluminum QS1 is influenced exclusively by the states of the 6 nuclear quantum bits q0 to q5, which form the sub-quantum bits of the quantum bits A, B, and is NOT influenced by the states of the one quantum bit q6 or the 3 nuclear quantum bits q6 to q8, which form the sub-quantum bits of the quantum bit C.

[0242] NAND quantum gate

[0243] Here, an e in the column "Error-correctable or non-error-correctable quantum output bit B" means that the composition of the microwave frequencies of the microwave pulse in the 2TI-PUIS of step b is chosen such that the electronic quantum bit NV1 of the quantum Alu QS1 is influenced by the state vector of the 7 nuclear quantum bits q0 to q6 or 8 nuclear quantum bits q0 to q8, which form the subquantum bits of the quantum bits A, B, C, respectively. The microwave frequencies of the microwave pulse in the 2TI-PUIS of step b are selected such that the electronic quantum bit NV1 of the quantum aluminum QS1 is influenced exclusively by the states of the 6 nuclear quantum bits q0 to q5, which form the sub-quantum bits of the quantum bits A, B, and is NOT influenced by the states of the one quantum bit q6 or the 3 nuclear quantum bits q6 to q8, which form the sub-quantum bits of the quantum bit C.

[0244] OR quantum gate

[0245] Here, an e in the column "Error-correctable or non-error-correctable quantum output bit B" means that the composition of the microwave frequencies of the microwave pulse in the 2TI-PUIS of step b is chosen such that the electronic quantum bit NV1 of the quantum Alu QS1 is influenced by the state vector of the 7 nuclear quantum bits q0 to q6 or 8 nuclear quantum bits q0 to q8, which form the subquantum bits of the quantum bits A, B, C, respectively. The microwave frequencies of the microwave pulse in the 2TI-PUIS of step b are selected such that the electronic quantum bit NV1 of the quantum aluminum QS1 is influenced exclusively by the states of the 6 nuclear quantum bits q0 to q5, which form the sub-quantum bits of the quantum bits A, B, and is NOT influenced by the states of the one quantum bit q6 or the 3 nuclear quantum bits q6 to q8, which form the sub-quantum bits of the quantum bit C.

[0246] NOR quantum gate

[0247] Here, an e in the column "Error-correctable or non-error-correctable quantum output bit B" means that the composition of the microwave frequencies of the microwave pulse in the 2TI-PUIS of step b is chosen such that the electronic quantum bit NV1 of the quantum Alu QS1 is influenced by the state vector of the 7 nuclear quantum bits q0 to q6 or 8 nuclear quantum bits q0 to q8, which form the subquantum bits of the quantum bits A, B, C, respectively. The microwave frequencies of the microwave pulse in the 2TI-PUIS of step b are selected such that the electronic quantum bit NV1 of the quantum aluminum QS1 is influenced exclusively by the states of the 6 nuclear quantum bits q0 to q5, which form the sub-quantum bits of the quantum bits A, B, and is NOT influenced by the states of the one quantum bit q6 or the 3 nuclear quantum bits q6 to q8, which form the sub-quantum bits of the quantum bit C.

[0248] XOR quantum gate

[0249] Here, an e in the column "Error-correctable or non-error-correctable quantum output bit B" means that the composition of the microwave frequencies of the microwave pulse in the 2TI-PUIS of step b is chosen such that the electronic quantum bit NV1 of the quantum Alu QS1 is influenced by the state vector of the 7 nuclear quantum bits q0 to q6 or 8 nuclear quantum bits q0 to q8, which form the subquantum bits of the quantum bits A, B, C, respectively. The microwave frequencies of the microwave pulse in the 2TI-PUIS of step b are selected such that the electronic quantum bit NV1 of the quantum aluminum QS1 is influenced exclusively by the states of the 6 nuclear quantum bits q0 to q5, which form the sub-quantum bits of the quantum bits A, B, and is NOT influenced by the states of the one quantum bit q6 or the 3 nuclear quantum bits q6 to q8, which form the sub-quantum bits of the quantum bit C.

[0250] XNOR quantum gate

[0251] Here, an e in the column "Error-correctable or non-error-correctable quantum output bit B" means that the composition of the microwave frequencies of the microwave pulse in the 2TI-PUIS of step b is chosen such that the electronic quantum bit NV1 of the quantum Alu QS1 is influenced by the state vector of the 7 nuclear quantum bits q0 to q6 or 8 nuclear quantum bits q0 to q8, which form the subquantum bits of the quantum bits A, B, C, respectively. The microwave frequencies of the microwave pulse in the 2TI-PUIS of step b are selected such that the electronic quantum bit NV1 of the quantum aluminum QS1 is influenced exclusively by the states of the 6 nuclear quantum bits q0 to q5, which form the sub-quantum bits of the quantum bits A, B, and is NOT influenced by the states of the one quantum bit q6 or the 3 nuclear quantum bits q6 to q8, which form the sub-quantum bits of the quantum bit C.

[0252] The major advantage is that this allows the use of common methods and devices for logic synthesis. Note, however, that unlike conventional logic, no information is destroyed, since the quantum bits do not simply represent 0 / 1 values, but rather highly complex spinors, each of which must be individually described by several complex numbers.

[0253] Preferably, the computer core CPU of the control device pC of the quantum computer QC executes the associated quantum computer program code in the memory MEM of the control device pC of the quantum computer QC when executing the quantum computer-implemented method explained above and, in doing so, manipulates the device components of the addressed quantum ALUs of the quantum ALUs (QS1, QS2) of the quantum processor QPROZ of the quantum computer QC.The document presented here also discloses a quantum computer program product in a memory, the content of which comprises a quantum computer program code for a quantum computer program or a quantum computer subprogram, which is configured to be mechanically or data-technically connected to the control device pC, so that ultimately the quantum computer program code can either be executed in whole or in part by the control device pC of the quantum computer QC or can be transferred in whole or in part to the memory MEM of the quantum computer QC.

[0254] Variant 1.1

[0255] In this first variant of the multi-qubit gate, the microwave spectrum of the microwave pulse for executing the 2ji gate 10030 in step b comprises at least one, but typically several microwave frequencies, hereinafter referred to as correlated microwave frequencies, with an amplitude different from zero. Typically, each of these correlated microwave frequencies is correlated with exactly one respective state vector of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits q0 to qn. Conversely, each state vector of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits q0 to qn is typically correlated with exactly one of these correlated microwave frequencies. Each correlated microwave frequency preferably has the property that when executing the 2ji gate 10030 with a microwave pulse whose microwave spectrum, among other things,has exactly this respective correlated microwave frequency, in the presence of the state vector of the possible 2 correlated with this respective correlated microwave frequency. n+1 State vectors of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits q0 to qn, at least as a partial state vector of the total state vector of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits q0 to qn, the execution of the 2ji gate 10030 with this microwave pulse leads to a manipulation of the electronic quantum bit NV1. This, and the possibility that the microwave frequency spectrum of the microwave pulse of the 2ji pulse of the multi-qubit gate comprises several such correlated microwave frequencies, thus enables the implementation of the aforementioned quantum switching matrix and thus the implementation of value tables.

[0256] Variant 1.2

[0257] In this second variant of the multi-qubit gate, the microwave spectrum of the microwave pulse for implementing the 2ji gate 10030 in a first sub-variant comprises at least two mutually different, correlated microwave frequencies with a respective amplitude different from zero. The at least two correlated microwave frequencies of at least one frequency group, hereinafter referred to as the correlated frequency group, are mutually different and are selected such that the state of at least one nuclear quantum bit of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits q0 to qn, hereinafter referred to as neutralized or neutralized nuclear quantum bits, does not influence the state of the electronic quantum bit NV1.This allows the removal of a single nuclear quantum bit of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qn from the list of nuclear quantum bits of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qn that affect the electronic quantum bit NV1 of the quantum Alu QS1 during the 2ji pulse of the multi-qubit gate.

[0258] In a second sub-variant of this variant, at least four correlated microwave frequencies of at least one frequency group, hereinafter referred to as the correlated frequency group, are different from one another and are selected such that the state of at least two nuclear quantum bits of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qn, hereinafter referred to as neutralized or neutralized nuclear quantum bits, does not influence the state of the electronic quantum bit NV1. This allows the removal of two nuclear quantum bits of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qn from the list of nuclear quantum bits of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qn that influence the electronic quantum bit NV1 of the quantum quantum bit QS1 during the 2ji pulse of the multi-qubit gate. and / or

[0259] In a third sub-variant of this variant, at least 2 kcorrelated microwave frequencies of at least one frequency group, hereinafter referred to as correlated frequency group, are different from one another and are selected such that the state of at least k nuclear quantum bits of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qn, hereinafter referred to as neutralized or neutralized nuclear quantum bits, does not influence the state of the electronic quantum bit (NV1). Where, l <k<n und k ist eine ganze positiver Zahl. Dies ermöglicht die Herausnahme von k nuklearen Quantenbits der n+1 nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis qn aus der Liste der nuklearen Quantenbits der n+1 nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis qn , die das elektronische Quantenbit NV1 der Quanten-Alu QS1 während des 2ji-Pulses des Multi-QuBit-Gatters beeinflussen.

[0260] Variant 1.3

[0261] In this third variant of the multi-qubit gate, the at least 2 kcorrelated microwave frequencies of at least one frequency group, hereinafter referred to as correlated frequency group, are different from each other and selected such that the state of k nuclear neutralized quantum bits of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qn does NOT influence the state of the electronic quantum bit NV1. The at least 2 kIn this variant, the correlated microwave frequencies of at least one frequency group, hereinafter referred to as the correlated frequency group, are different from one another and are selected such that the state of n+lk unneutralized nuclear quantum bits of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qn influences the state of the electronic quantum bit NV1. These n+lk unneutralized nuclear quantum bits of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qn are hereinafter referred to as active nuclear quantum bits of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qn. This enables the selective activation and coupling of individual nuclear quantum bits of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qn with the electronic quantum bit NV1.

[0262] Variant 1.4

[0263] In a first sub-variant of this fourth variant of the multi-qubit gate, it is proposed to use one of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qn) as the quantum output bit of the multi-qubit gate, and / or This makes it possible to output a result of the multi-qubit gate in the first place.

[0264] In a second sub-variant of this fourth variant of the multi-qubit gate, it is proposed to use one of the k nuclear neutralized quantum bits of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits (q0 to qn) as the quantum output bit of the multi-qubit gate. This enables the output of a result from the multi-qubit gate without uncontrolled interaction with the quantum input bits.

[0265] In a third sub-variant of this fourth variant of the multi-qubit gate, it is proposed to use one of the k nuclear neutralized quantum bits of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits (q0 to qn) as the quantum output bit of the multi-qubit gate, with this used quantum bit simultaneously being an input quantum bit of the multi-qubit gate. This allows a reduction of the number n+1 of required nuclear quantum bits.

[0266] Coupled gates with at least two quantum aluminums

[0267] Variant 2.1 (Figure 13 )

[0268] The following section of the document presented here describes variant 2.1 describes a quantum computer-implemented method for executing an n-Qu bit gate by means of direct coupling of the first electronic quantum bit NV1 of the first quantum aluminum QS1 with the second electronic quantum bit NV2 by means of dipole / dipole coupling or photons (Figure 13). When executing the -Qu bit gate, the quantum computer QC or the control device pC of the quantum computer QC preferably executes the quantum computer program codes of a quantum computer program, which are stored at least temporarily in a memory MEM of the control device pC.Since the number n+1 of nuclear quantum bits q0 to qn that can be coupled to an electronic quantum bit NV1 is limited due to the required frequency bandwidth per nuclear quantum bit, the document presented here proposes coupling several electronic quantum bits NV1, NV2 in different quantum aluminums QS1, QS2, thus enabling scaling. Preferably, the first electronic quantum bit NV1 of the first quantum aluminum QS1 is coupled to the second electronic quantum bit NV2 of the second quantum aluminum QS2 by direct coupling, for example, by magnetic dipole / dipole coupling. The n-qubit gate presented here builds on the previously presented multi-qubit gate. Some facts and features of the multi-qubit gate therefore also apply to the n-qubit gate and may not be repeated here.

[0269] This results in a quantum computer-implemented method for executing an n-qubit gate. The n-qubit gate, like the multi-qubit gate, begins with the provision of a quantum computer (QC).

[0270] According to this variant, the quantum computer QC comprises at least a first quantum Alu QS1. The first quantum Alu QS1 of the quantum computer QC comprises a first paramagnetic center NV1, in particular a first NV center NV1, of the first quantum Alu QS1 with a first electronic spin of the first electron configuration of the first paramagnetic center, in particular of the first NV center NV1 in diamond, as the first electronic quantum bit NV1 of the first quantum Alu QS1 of the quantum computer QC. The first quantum Alu QS1 of the quantum computer QC comprises nl+1 nuclear quantum bits q0 to qnl, with nl as a positive integer greater than or equal to 0.The nl+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qnl of the first quantum Alu QS1 of the quantum computer QC represent a nuclear spin of a respective atomic nucleus of an atom of the paramagnetic center as a nuclear quantum bit of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qnl of the first quantum Alu QS1 of the quantum computer QC, wherein this atom of this nuclear quantum bit is preferably the nitrogen atom of this first NV center NV1 in diamond. The first quantum Alu QS1 of the quantum computer QC preferably comprises at least nl nuclear spins of atomic nuclei of isotopes with a magnetic moment. Preferably, these at least nl nuclear spins of atomic nuclei of isotopes with a magnetic moment are nuclear spins of atomic nuclei of PC isotopes in diamond of the substrate D with the quantum processor QPROZ. Preferably, the quantum computer QC comprises these nuclear spins of atomic nuclei of. 13C isotopes in diamond of substrate D near the electronic spin of the electron configuration of the paramagnetic center NV1 of the first electronic quantum bit NV1 of the first quantum aluminum QS1 as nuclear quantum bits of the first quantum aluminum QS1 of the quantum computer QC of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qnl of the first quantum aluminum QS1 of the quantum computer QC. To be used, these nl+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qnl of the first quantum aluminum QS1 are typically coupled to the electronic quantum bit NV1 of the first quantum aluminum QS1 of the quantum computer QC.

[0271] According to this variant, the quantum computer QC now additionally comprises at least one second quantum Alu QS2. The second quantum Alu QS2 of the quantum computer QC comprises a second paramagnetic center NV2, in particular a second NV center NV2, of the second quantum Alu QS2 with a second electronic spin of the second electron configuration of the second paramagnetic center, in particular of the second NV center NV2 in diamond, as the second electronic quantum bit NV2 of the second quantum Alu QS2 of the quantum computer QC. The second quantum Alu QS2 of the quantum computer QC comprises nl+1 nuclear quantum bits q0 to qnl, with nl as a positive integer greater than or equal to 0.The nl+1 nuclear quantum bits q0 to qnl of the second quantum Alu QS2 of the quantum computer QC represent a nuclear spin of a respective atomic nucleus of an atom of the paramagnetic center as a nuclear quantum bit of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits q0 to qnl of the second quantum Alu QS2 of the quantum computer QC, wherein this atom of this nuclear quantum bit is preferably the nitrogen atom of this second NV center NV2 in diamond. The second quantum Alu QS2 of the quantum computer QC preferably comprises at least nl nuclear spins of atomic nuclei of isotopes with a magnetic moment. Preferably, these at least nl nuclear spins of atomic nuclei of isotopes with a magnetic moment are nuclear spins of atomic nuclei of PC isotopes in diamond of the substrate D with the quantum processor QPROZ. Preferably, the quantum computer QC comprises these nuclear spins of atomic nuclei of. 13C isotopes in diamond of substrate D near the electronic spin of the electron configuration of the paramagnetic center NV2 of the second electronic quantum bit NV2 of the second quantum aluminum QS2 as nuclear quantum bits of the second quantum aluminum QS2 of the quantum computer QC of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qnl of the second quantum aluminum QS2 of the quantum computer QC. To be used, these nl+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qnl of the second quantum aluminum QS2 are typically coupled to the electronic quantum bit NV2 of the second quantum aluminum QS2 of the quantum computer QC.

[0272] To enable the interconnection of the first quantum aluminum QS1 with the second quantum aluminum QS2, the first electronic quantum bit NV1 of the second quantum aluminum QS2 of the quantum computer QC can be coupled to the second electronic quantum bit NV1 of the second quantum aluminum QS2 of the quantum computer QC, in particular by means of dipole / dipole coupling of the respective spins of the respective electronic quantum bits NV1, NV2 and by means of coupling via one or more photons. For the dipole / dipole coupling, the first paramagnetic center NV1 of the first electronic quantum bit NV1 and the second paramagnetic center NV2 of the second electronic quantum bit NV2 should be positioned closer than 30 nm, preferably closer than 10 nm, or preferably closer than 5 nm.

[0273] For better spectral addressing, the second microwave resonance frequency of the second electronic quantum bit NV2 deviates from the first microwave resonance frequency of the first electronic quantum bit NV1. This can be achieved, for example, by using different nitrogen isotopes as nitrogen atoms of the NV centers that form the first paramagnetic center NV1 of the first electronic quantum bit NV1 and the second paramagnetic center NV2 of the second electronic quantum bit NV2. Examples of nitrogen isotopes include: 14 N and 15N can be considered as different nitrogen nuclei of the different NV centers NV1, NV2. Thus, the first microwave resonance frequency of the first spin of the first electron configuration of the first paramagnetic center NV1 of the first electronic quantum bit NV1 can be detuned compared to the second microwave resonance frequency of the second spin of the second electron configuration of the second paramagnetic center NV2 of the second electronic quantum bit NV2. This enables addressing of the electronic quantum bits in the spectral range. Other technical possibilities for producing different first and second microwave resonance frequencies are, for example, a) the use of different isotopes of an element of the periodic table that is a component of the paramagnetic centers that each contain the first electronic quantum bit NV1 orthe second electronic quantum bit NV2; b) the use of electric fields utilising the Stark effect so that the first microwave resonance frequency is detuned with respect to the second microwave resonance frequency, wherein very thin lines are necessary in the vicinity of the paramagnetic centres which respectively comprise the first electronic quantum bit NV1 and the second electronic quantum bit NV2; c) the use of electromagnetic fields of electric currents so that the first microwave resonance frequency is detuned with respect to the second microwave resonance frequency, wherein very thin lines are necessary in the vicinity of the paramagnetic centres which respectively comprise the first electronic quantum bit NV1 and the second electronic quantum bit NV2.the second electronic quantum bit NV2 are necessary; d) the use of gradient-affected magnetic fields such that the first microwave resonance frequency is detuned compared to the second microwave resonance frequency, wherein very large gradients are necessary in the vicinity of the paramagnetic centers which respectively comprise the first electronic quantum bit NV1 and the second electronic quantum bit NV2; e) the use of the magnetic fields of other paramagnetic centers which are near the paramagnetic centers which respectively comprise the first electronic quantum bit NV1 and the second electronic quantum bit NV2.the second electronic quantum bit NV2, are placed so that a detuning of the first microwave resonance frequency with respect to the second microwave resonance frequency occurs due to the dipole-dipole interaction with the magnetic field of these paramagnetic centers, f) the use of mechanical stress in the substrate in the vicinity of the paramagnetic centers, which each comprise the first electronic quantum bit NV1 or the second electronic quantum bit NV2, are placed so that a detuning of the first microwave resonance frequency with respect to the second microwave resonance frequency occurs due to changes in the lattice structures.

[0274] The first nuclear quantum bit (NV1) couples to the second nuclear quantum bit (NV2) by means of dipole / dipole coupling. Preferably, when using NV centers as paramagnetic centers, the first NV center NV1 of the first electronic quantum bit NV1 and the second NV center of the second electronic quantum bit NV2 are aligned identically in the diamond material of the substrate D. The second electronic quantum bit NV2 of the second quantum aluminum QS2 collects the combination result of the quantum states of the nuclear quantum bits q0 to q3 of the second quantum aluminum QS2 and acts in relation to the first electronic quantum bit NV1 similarly to a fifth "virtual nuclear" quantum bit q4. The quantum computer QC preferably comprises first means M1. These first means M1 preferably serve the quantum computer QC orthe control device pC of the quantum computer QC during the execution of the quantum computer program codes of a quantum computer program, which are stored in a memory MEM of the control device pC, for forming or initializing the first electronic quantum bit NV1 of the first quantum ALU QS1. The control device pC of the quantum computer QC is preferably configured to, by means of other device parts of the quantum computer QC, in particular by irradiating a pump radiation pulse of the pump radiation (LB) with a pump radiation wavelength (. pmp) to perform such formatting in the first electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the first quantum ALU (QS1) of the quantum computer (QC). The document presented here refers in particular to documents WO 2021083448 A1, WO 2020260640 A1, WO 2021018654 A1, WO 2022228613 A1, WO 2023170054 A1, as well as to the PCT application with WIPO file number PCT / EP2024 / 073495, which was not yet published at the time of filing this document.

[0275] The quantum computer used here preferably comprises this first means M1 for forming or initializing the second electronic quantum bit NV2 of the second quantum ALU QS2. The forming or initializing of the second electronic quantum bit NV2 of the second quantum ALU QS2 is preferably carried out in particular by irradiating a pump radiation pulse of the pump radiation LB with a pump radiation wavelength pmp into the second electronic quantum bit NV2 of the second quantum ALU QS2 of the quantum computer QC.

[0276] The quantum computer QC typically comprises second means M2. The quantum computer QC uses these second means M2 for firstly manipulating the first electronic quantum bit NV1 of the first quantum ALU QS1 of the quantum computer QC by irradiating the first electronic quantum bit NV1 of the first quantum ALU QS1 of the quantum computer QC with first microwave radiation having a first microwave spectrum with one or more first microwave frequencies of the first microwave spectrum of the first microwave radiation.The quantum computer QC uses these second means M2 for secondly manipulating the couplings of the first electronic quantum bit NV1 of the first quantum ALU QS1 of the quantum computer QC with one or more nuclear quantum bits of the nl+1 quantum bits q0 to qnl of the first quantum ALU QS1 by irradiating the first electronic quantum bit NV1 of the first quantum ALU QS1 of the quantum computer QC and the associated nl+1 quantum bits q0 to qnl of the first quantum ALU QS1 with microwave and / or radio wave radiation of one or more first frequency groups of the pairings and / or groupings of the first electronic quantum bit NV1 of the first quantum ALU QS1 of the quantum computer QC and one or more nuclear quantum bits of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qnl of the first quantum aluminum QS1 of the quantum computer QC.

[0277] The quantum computer QC uses these second means M2 for the third for the respective manipulation of the second electronic quantum bit NV2 of the second quantum ALU QS2 of the quantum computer QC by irradiating the second electronic quantum bit NV2 of the second quantum ALU QS2 of the quantum computer QC with second microwave radiation having a second microwave spectrum with one or more second microwave frequencies of the second microwave spectrum of the second microwave radiation

[0278] The quantum computer QC uses these second means M2 for fourthly manipulating the couplings of the second electronic quantum bit NV2 of the second quantum ALU QS2 of the quantum computer QC with one or more nuclear quantum bits of the n2+l quantum bits q0 to qn2 of the second quantum ALU QS2 by irradiating the second electronic quantum bit NV2 of the second quantum ALU QS2 of the quantum computer QC and the associated n2+l quantum bits q0 to qn2 of the second quantum ALU QS2 with microwave and / or radio wave radiation of one or more second frequency groups of the pairings and / or groupings of the second electronic quantum bit NV2 of the second quantum ALU QS2 of the quantum computer QC and one or more nuclear quantum bits of the n2+l nuclear quantum bits qO to qn2 of the second quantum aluminum QS2 of the quantum computer QC.

[0279] The quantum computer QC uses these second means M2 for fifthly manipulating the coupling of the first electronic quantum bit NV1 of the first quantum Alu QS1 of the quantum computer QC with the second electronic quantum bit NV2 of the second quantum Alu QS2 of the quantum computer QCj by irradiating the first electronic quantum bit NV1 of the first quantum Alu QS1 of the quantum computer QC and the second electronic quantum bit NV2 of the second quantum Alu QS2 of the quantum computer QCj with microwave and / or radio wave radiation having one or more resonant frequencies of the microwave and / or radio waves of the pairings and / or groupings of the first electronic quantum bit NV1 of the first quantum Alu QS1 of the quantum computer QC with the second electronic quantum bit NV2 of the second quantum Alu QS2 of the quantum computer QC.

[0280] The quantum computer QC typically comprises third means M3 for reading out a first quantum state of the spin of the electron configuration of the first paramagnetic center, in particular the first NV center, as the state of the first electronic quantum bit NV1 of the first quantum aluminum QS1 of the quantum computer QC. The quantum computer QC typically comprises third means M3 for reading out a second quantum state of the spin of the electron configuration of the second paramagnetic center, in particular the second NV center, as the state of the second electronic quantum bit NV2 of the second quantum aluminum QS2 of the quantum computer QC.

[0281] The quantum computer QC optionally comprises third means M3 for reading out the quantum state of one or more nuclear spins of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qnl of the first quantum Alu QS1 of the quantum computer QC as one or more respective quantum states of one or more respective nuclear quantum bits of the respective nuclear quantum bits of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qnl of the first quantum Alu QS1 of the quantum computer QC.

[0282] The quantum computer QC may typically comprise third means M3 for reading out the quantum state of one or more nuclear spins of the n2+l nuclear quantum bits qO to qn2 of the second quantum Alu QS2 of the quantum computer QC as one or more respective quantum states of one or more respective nuclear quantum bits of the respective nuclear quantum bits of the n2+l nuclear quantum bits qO to qn2 of the second quantum Alu QS2 of the quantum computer QC.

[0283] The first means (Ml) and the third means (M3) can be completely or partially identical.

[0284] The method presented here preferably optionally uses one of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits q0 to qln of the first quantum ALU QS1 or the n2+1 nuclear quantum bits q0 to q2n of the second quantum ALU QS2 as quantum input bits of the n-qubit gate presented here. The n-qubit gate presented here preferably begins with the execution of a first Hadamard gate (H). As before, when executing the n-qubit gate, the quantum computer QC preferably executes the Hadamard gates using method A or method B.

[0285] When executing the n-qu bit gate, the quantum computer QC executes the first Hadamard gate (H) in method A by performing 11020 the manipulation of the nuclear spin of a nuclear quantum bit (e.g., q3 / QSl) of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits q0 to qln of the first quantum ALU QS1 or the n2+l nuclear quantum bits q0 to q2n of the second quantum ALU QS2, hereinafter referred to as nuclear quantum output bit (e.g., q3 / QSl), by means of a TI / 2 pulse using a corresponding radio frequency pulse. The duration of 2TI is typically related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the nuclear spin of the nuclear quantum output bit (e.g. q3 / QSl).

[0286] When executing the n-Qu bit gate, the quantum computer QC further executes the first Hadamard gate (H) in method A by preferably subsequently executing an RZ(ji) gate 11030, in particular by executing a virtual RZ(ji) gate 11030, on the nuclear quantum output bit (e.g., q3 / QSl).

[0287] When executing the n-qu bit gate, the quantum computer QC executes the first Hadamard gate (H) in method B by performing 11020 the manipulation of the nuclear spin of a nuclear quantum bit (e.g., q3 / QSl) of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits q0 to qln of the first quantum ALU QS1 or the n2+l nuclear quantum bits q0 to q2n of the second quantum ALU QS2, hereinafter referred to as nuclear quantum output bit (e.g., q3 / QSl), by means of a TI / 2 pulse using a corresponding radio frequency pulse. The duration of 2TI is typically related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the nuclear spin of the nuclear quantum output bit (e.g. q3 / QSl).

[0288] The quantum output bit may, but need not, be different from the quantum input bits. This is followed by the execution of an n-gate 11040 on the second electronic quantum bit NV2 of the second quantum aluminum QS2 using a second microwave pulse. The second microwave pulse preferably has a duration n equal to the period of the Rabi oscillation of the spin of the electron configuration of the second paramagnetic center, in particular of the second NV center NV2 of the second electronic quantum bit NV2 of the second quantum aluminum QS2.

[0289] Typically, this second microwave pulse is configured by means of its second microwave pulse spectrum so that p2 nuclear quantum bits of the n2+l nuclear quantum bits q0 to qn2 of the second quantum Alu QS2 thereby influence the second electronic quantum bit NV2 of the second quantum Alu QS2 according to a second value table or a second quantum switching matrix, where 0 <p2<n2+l und p2 eine ganze positive Zahl ist. Unter einer zweiten Quantenschaltmatrix wird in diesem Dokument hier eine vorgesehene Kombinationen von Quantenzuständen dieser p2 nuklearen Quantenbits der n2+l nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis qn2 der zweiten Quanten-Alu QS2, die das zweite elektronische Quantenbit NV2 der zweiten Quanten-Alu QS2 beeinflussen, verstanden.

[0290] The control device pC of the quantum computer QC uses, for example, in the gate of Figure 13, the microwave frequencies f2 <mi|, fzcuooi, f2<oooo|, f2<ooio|, die den Zustandsvektoren <11111, <11001, <00001, <00101 der nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q3 der zweiten Quanten-Alu QS2 entsprechen, als Teile des zweiten Mikrowellenpulses zur Ansteuerung des zweiten elektronischen Quantenbits NV2.

[0291] The second electronic quantum bit NV2 collects, so to speak, the logic result of the nuclear quantum bits q0 to q3 of the second quantum aluminum QS2 and makes it available to the first electronic quantum bit NV1 of the second quantum aluminum QS1 as a fifth "virtual nuclear" quantum bit "q4".

[0292] Typically, this second microwave pulse is also configured, by means of its second microwave pulse spectrum, so that n2+l-p2 nuclear quantum bits of the n2+l nuclear quantum bits q0 to qn2 of the second quantum aluminum QS2 do NOT influence the second electronic quantum bit NV2 of the second quantum aluminum QS2. These n2+l-p2 nuclear quantum bits of the n2+l nuclear quantum bits q0 to qn2, which do NOT influence the second electronic quantum bit NV2 of the second quantum aluminum QS2, are typically referred to below as neutralized or neutralized nuclear quantum bits of the n2+l nuclear quantum bits q0 to qn2 of the second quantum aluminum QS2. These neutralized nuclear quantum bits of the n2+l nuclear quantum bits qO to qn2 of the second quantum aluminum QS2 may optionally include further quantum gate output bits.The document presented here now proposes a preferably simultaneous execution of a 2ji gate 11050 on the first electronic quantum bit NV1 of the first quantum Alu QS1, by means of a first microwave pulse, in which the first microwave pulse has a duration of 2TI of the period of the Rabi oscillation of the spin of the electron configuration of the first paramagnetic center, in particular of the first NV center NV1 of the first electronic quantum bit NV1 of the first quantum Alu QS1. Typically, this first microwave pulse is configured by means of its first microwave pulse spectrum so that pl nuclear quantum bits of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits q0 to qnl influence the first electronic quantum bit NV1 of the first quantum Alu QS1 according to a first value table or a first quantum switching matrix, where l <pl<nl+l und p2 eine ganze positive Zahl ist.A first quantum switching matrix is ​​understood here, in the sense of the document presented here, to be a provided combination of quantum states of these pl nuclear quantum bits of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qnl of the first quantum Alu QS1, which influence the first electronic quantum bit NV1 of the second quantum Alu QS1.

[0293] Typically, this first microwave pulse is also configured, by means of its first microwave pulse spectrum, so that nl+l-pl nuclear quantum bits of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits q0 to qnl of the first quantum aluminum QS1 do NOT influence the first electronic quantum bit NV1 of the first quantum aluminum QS1. The control device pC of the quantum computer QC uses, for example, the microwave frequencies fi in the gate of Figure 13. <nn / i|, fi<ino / i|, fi<iooi / i|, fi<iooo / i|, fi<oioi / i|, fi<oioo / i|, fi<oon / i|, fi<ooio / i|, die den Zustandsvektoren <1111 / 11 , <1110 / 11 , <1001 / 11 , <1000 / 11 , <0101 / 11 , <0100 / 11 , <0011 / 11 , <0010 / 11, der nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q3 der ersten Quanten-Alu QS1 und das zweiten elektrischen Quantenbits NV2 der zweiten Quanten-Alu QS1 entsprechen, als Teile des Mikrowellenpulses zur Ansteuerung des zweiten elektronischen Quantenbits NV2.The format used here is <XXXX / Y| gewählt, wobei die X für die Quantenzustände der nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q3 stehen und Y für den Quantenzustand des zweiten elektronischen Quantenbits NV2 der zweiten Quanten-Alu QS2. Vorzugsweise sind die erste Mikrowellenresonanzfrequenz des ersten elektronischen Quantenbits NV1 und die zweite Mikrowellenresonanzfrequenz des zweiten elektronischen Quantenbits NV2 so gegeneinander verstimmt, dass die Frequenzen fi<iin / i|, fi<ino / i|, fi<iooi / i|, fi<iooo / i|, fi<oioi / i|, fi<oioo / i|, fi<oon / i i, fi<ooio / i| und f2<mi|, f2<noo|, f2<oooo|, f2<ooio| sich untereinander paarweise jeweils unterscheiden.The document presented here refers to these nl+l-pl nuclear quantum bits of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qnl, which do NOT influence the first electronic quantum bit NV1 of the first quantum Alu QS1, hereinafter and in this claim as neutralized or neutralized nuclear quantum bits of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qnl of the first quantum Alu QS1. These neutralized nuclear quantum bits of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qnl of the first quantum Alu QS1 can include the quantum gate output bit and possibly additional quantum output bits.

[0294] When executing the n-bit gate, the quantum computer QC executes a second Hadamard gate (H). As before, when executing the n-bit gate, the quantum computer QC executes the Hadamard gates using either method A or method B.

[0295] When executing the n-qu bit gate, the quantum computer QC executes the second Hadamard gate (H) in method A by performing 11060 the manipulation of the nuclear spin of a nuclear quantum bit (e.g., q3 / QSl) of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits q0 to qln of the first quantum ALU QS1 or the n2+l nuclear quantum bits q0 to q2n of the second quantum ALU QS2, hereinafter referred to as nuclear quantum output bit (e.g., q3 / QSl), by means of a TI / 2 pulse using a corresponding radio frequency pulse. The duration of 2TI is typically related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the nuclear spin of the nuclear quantum output bit (e.g. q3 / QSl).

[0296] When executing the n-Qu bit gate, the quantum computer QC further executes the first Hadamard gate (H) in method A by preferably subsequently executing an RZ(ji) gate 11070, in particular by executing a virtual RZ(ji) gate 11070, on the nuclear quantum output bit (e.g., q3 / QSl).

[0297] When executing the n-qu bit gate, the quantum computer QC executes the first Hadamard gate (H) in method B by performing 11060 the manipulation of the nuclear spin of a nuclear quantum bit (e.g., q3 / QSl) of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits q0 to qln of the first quantum ALU QS1 or the n2+l nuclear quantum bits q0 to q2n of the second quantum ALU QS2, hereinafter referred to as nuclear quantum output bit (e.g., q3 / QSl), by means of a -TI / 2 pulse using a corresponding radio frequency pulse. The duration of 2TI is typically related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the nuclear spin of the nuclear quantum output bit (e.g. q3 / QSl).

[0298] Preferably, the computer core CPU of the control device pC of the quantum computer QC executes the associated quantum computer program code in the memory MEM of the control device pC of the quantum computer QC when executing the quantum computer-implemented method explained above and, in doing so, manipulates the device components of the addressed quantum ALUs of the quantum ALUs (QS1, QS2) of the quantum processor QPROZ of the quantum computer QC.The document presented here also discloses a quantum computer program product in a memory, the content of which comprises a quantum computer program code for a quantum computer program or a quantum computer subprogram, which is configured to be mechanically or data-technically connected to the control device pC, so that ultimately the quantum computer program code can either be executed in whole or in part by the control device pC of the quantum computer QC or can be transferred in whole or in part to the memory MEM of the quantum computer QC.

[0299] Variant 2.2 (Figure 14]

[0300] The following section of the document presented here describes variant 2.2, which describes a quantum computer-implemented method 12000 for executing an n-qubit gate by directly coupling the first electronic quantum bit NV1 of the first quantum quantum bit QS1 to the second electronic quantum bit NV2 by means of an exemplary spin chain of paramagnetic centers (Figure 14). When executing the n-qubit gate, the quantum computer QC or the control device pC of the quantum computer QC preferably executes the quantum computer program codes of a quantum computer program, which are at least temporarily stored in a memory MEM of the control device pC. The quantum computer-implemented method for executing the n-qubit gate begins again with the provision 12010 of a quantum computer QC.

[0301] The quantum computer QC of this variant comprises a first quantum Alu QS1. The first quantum Alu QS1 of the quantum computer QC comprises a first paramagnetic center NV1, in particular a first NV center NV1 of the first quantum Alu QS1 with a first electronic spin of the first electron configuration of the first paramagnetic center, in particular of the first NV center NV1 in diamond, as the first electronic quantum bit NV1 of the first quantum Alu QS1 of the quantum computer QC. The first quantum Alu QS1 of the quantum computer QC again comprises nl+1 nuclear quantum bits q0 to qnl, with nl as a positive integer greater than or equal to 0.The nl+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qnl of the first quantum Alu QS1 of the quantum computer QC comprise a nuclear spin of an atomic nucleus of an atom of the paramagnetic center, in particular of the nitrogen atom of this first NV center NV1 in diamond, as a nuclear quantum bit of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qnl of the first quantum Alu QS1 of the quantum computer QC. The quantum computer QC preferably comprises at least nl nuclear spins of atomic nuclei of isotopes with a magnetic moment and / or in particular of. 13 C isotopes in diamond as nuclear quantum bits of the first quantum aluminum QS1 of the quantum computer QC, the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qnl of the first quantum aluminum QS1 of the quantum computer QC. Typically, these nl+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qnl of the first quantum aluminum QS1 are coupled to the electronic quantum bit NV1 of the first quantum aluminum QS1 of the quantum computer QC.

[0302] The quantum computer QC of this variant comprises at least a third paramagnetic center NV3, in particular a third NV center NV3 with a third electronic spin of the third electron configuration of the third paramagnetic center, in particular of the third NV center NV3 in diamond, as the third electronic quantum bit NV3 of the quantum computer QC. This third electronic quantum bit NV3 preferably serves as a spin chain.

[0303] The quantum computer QC of this variant comprises a second quantum aluminum QS2. The second quantum aluminum QS2 of the quantum computer QC comprises a second paramagnetic center NV2, in particular a second NV center NV2 of the second quantum aluminum QS2 with a second electronic spin of the second electron configuration of the second paramagnetic center, in particular of the second NV center NV2 in diamond, as the second electronic quantum bit NV2 of the second quantum aluminum QS2 of the quantum computer QC.

[0304] Preferably, the microwave resonance frequency of the second electronic quantum bit NV2 differs from the microwave resonance frequency of the third electronic quantum bit NV3. The third nuclear quantum bit NV3 preferably couples to the second nuclear quantum bit (NV2) by means of dipole / dipole coupling. Preferably, the microwave resonance frequency of the first electronic quantum bit (NV1) differs from the microwave resonance frequency of the third electronic quantum bit (NV3). The third nuclear quantum bit (NV3) preferably couples to the first nuclear quantum bit (NV1) by means of dipole / dipole coupling. Preferably, the microwave resonance frequency of the first electronic quantum bit (NV1) differs from the microwave resonance frequency of the second electronic quantum bit (NV2).

[0305] Different microwave resonance frequencies can be achieved, for example, by using different nitrogen isotopes as nitrogen atoms of the NV centers that form the first paramagnetic center NV1 of the first electronic quantum bit NV1 and the second paramagnetic center NV2 of the second electronic quantum bit NV2. Nitrogen isotopes that can be used here include, for example, 14 N and 15N can be considered as different nitrogen nuclei of the different NV centers NV1, NV2. Thus, the first microwave resonance frequency of the first spin of the first electron configuration of the first paramagnetic center NV1 of the first electronic quantum bit NV1 can be detuned relative to the second microwave resonance frequency of the second spin of the second electron configuration of the second paramagnetic center NV2 of the second electronic quantum bit NV2 and relative to the third microwave resonance frequency of the third spin of the third electron configuration of the third paramagnetic center NV3 of the third electronic quantum bit NV3. This enables addressing of the electronic quantum bits in the spectral domain.Other technical possibilities for producing different first and second microwave resonance frequencies are, for example, a) the use of different isotopes of an element of the periodic table which is a component of the paramagnetic centres which respectively comprise the first electronic quantum bit NV1, the second electronic quantum bit NV2 and the third electronic quantum bit NV3; b) the use of electric fields making use of the Stark effect, so that the first microwave resonance frequency is detuned compared to the second microwave resonance frequency, whereby very thin lines are formed in the vicinity of the paramagnetic centres which respectively comprise the first electronic quantum bit NV1, the second electronic quantum bit NV2 and the third electronic quantum bit NV3.the third electronic quantum bit NV3 are necessary; c) the use of electromagnetic fields of electric currents, such that a detuning of the first microwave resonance frequency occurs with respect to the second microwave resonance frequency, wherein very thin lines are necessary in the vicinity of the paramagnetic centers, which each comprise the first electronic quantum bit NV1 or the second electronic quantum bit NV2 or the third electronic quantum bit NV3; d) the use of gradient-affected magnetic fields, such that a detuning of the first microwave resonance frequency occurs with respect to the second microwave resonance frequency, wherein very large gradients are necessary in the vicinity of the paramagnetic centers, which each comprise the first electronic quantum bit NV1 or the second electronic quantum bit NV2 orthe third electronic quantum bit NV3 are necessary; e) the use of the magnetic fields of other paramagnetic centers that are placed in the vicinity of the paramagnetic centers that respectively comprise the first electronic quantum bit NV1 or the second electronic quantum bit NV2 or the third electronic quantum bit NV3, so that the first microwave resonance frequency is detuned with respect to the second microwave resonance frequency and the first microwave resonance frequency is detuned with respect to the third microwave resonance frequency and the third microwave resonance frequency is detuned with respect to the second microwave resonance frequency due to the dipole-dipole interaction with the magnetic field of these paramagnetic centers, f) the use of mechanical stress in the substrate in the vicinity of the paramagnetic centers that respectively comprise the first electronic quantum bit NV1 or the second electronic quantum bit NV2 orcomprising the third electronic quantum bit NV3, are placed so that there is a detuning of the first microwave resonance frequency with respect to the second microwave resonance frequency and a detuning of the first microwave resonance frequency with respect to the third microwave resonance frequency and a detuning of the third microwave resonance frequency due to changes in the lattice structures.

[0306] The second quantum Alu QS2 of the quantum computer QC again comprises n2+l nuclear quantum bits qO to qn2 with n2 as a positive integer greater than or equal to 0. The n2+l nuclear quantum bits qO to qn2 of the second quantum Alu QS2 of the quantum computer QC comprise a nuclear spin of an atomic nucleus of an atom of the paramagnetic center, in particular of the nitrogen atom of this second NV center NV2 in diamond, as a nuclear quantum bit of the n2+l nuclear quantum bits qO to qn2 of the second quantum Alu QS2 of the quantum computer QC. The quantum computer QC preferably comprises at least n2 nuclear spins of atomic nuclei of isotopes with a magnetic moment and / or in particular of 13C isotopes in diamond as nuclear quantum bits of the second quantum aluminum QS2 of the quantum computer QC of the n2+l nuclear quantum bits qO to qn2 of the second quantum aluminum QS2 of the quantum computer QC. Typically, these n2+l nuclear quantum bits qO to qn2 of the second quantum aluminum QS2 are coupled to the electronic quantum bit NV2 of the second quantum aluminum QS2 of the quantum computer QC. In this variant, the first electronic quantum bit NV1 of the first quantum aluminum QS1 of the quantum computer QC can be coupled to the third electronic quantum bit NV3 of the quantum computer QC, in particular by means of dipole / dipole coupling of the respective spins of the respective electronic quantum bits NV1, NV2 and by means of coupling by means of one or more photons.

[0307] In this variant, the second electronic quantum bit NV2 of the second quantum aluminum QS2 of the quantum computer QC can be coupled to the third electronic quantum bit NV3 of the quantum computer QC, in particular by means of dipole / dipole coupling of the respective spins of the respective electronic quantum bits NV1, NV2 and by means of coupling by means of one or more photons.

[0308] It is conceivable that additional third electronic quantum bits NV3 form a quantum bus with this third electronic quantum bit NV3, via which the first electronic quantum bit NV1 and the second electronic quantum bit NV2 can be coupled. For simplicity, only one quantum bus with a third electronic quantum bit NV3 is described here in the document presented here. We refer again to the document WO 2021083448 A1.

[0309] Preferably, the quantum computer QC comprises first means M1. Preferably, these first means M1 serve the quantum computer QC or the control device pC of the quantum computer QC when executing the quantum computer program codes of a quantum computer program, which are stored in a memory MEM of the control device pC, for forming or initializing the first electronic quantum bit NV1 of the first quantum ALU QS1, in particular by irradiating a pump radiation pulse of the pump radiation LB with a pump radiation wavelength pm p into the first electronic quantum bit NV1 of the first quantum ALU QS1 of the quantum computer QC.

[0310] Preferably, the quantum computer QC comprises first means M1. Preferably, these first means M1 serve the quantum computer QC or the control device pC of the quantum computer QC when executing the quantum computer program codes of a quantum computer program, which are stored in a memory MEM of the control device pC, for forming or initializing the second electronic quantum bit NV2 of the second quantum ALU QS2, in particular by irradiating a pump radiation pulse of the pump radiation LB with a pump radiation wavelength pm p into the second electronic quantum bit NV2 of the second quantum ALU QS2 of the quantum computer QC.

[0311] Preferably, the quantum computer QC comprises first means M1. Preferably, these first means M1 serve the quantum computer QC or the control device pC of the quantum computer QC when executing the quantum computer program codes of a quantum computer program, which are stored in a memory MEM of the control device pC, for forming or initializing the third electronic quantum bit NV3, in particular by irradiating a pump radiation pulse of the pump radiation LBj with a pump radiation wavelength l P m P into the third electronic quantum bit NV3 of the quantum computer QC.

[0312] The quantum computer QC typically includes second means M2.

[0313] The quantum computer QC uses these second means M2 for firstly manipulating the first electronic quantum bit NV1 of the first quantum ALU QS1 of the quantum computer QC by irradiating the first electronic quantum bit NV1 of the first quantum ALU QS1 of the quantum computer QC with first microwave radiation having a first microwave spectrum with one or more first microwave frequencies of the first microwave spectrum of the first microwave radiation.

[0314] The quantum computer QC uses these second means M2 for secondly manipulating the couplings of the first electronic quantum bit NV1 of the first quantum ALU QS1 of the quantum computer QC with one or more nuclear quantum bits of the nl+1 quantum bits q0 to qnl of the first quantum ALU QS1 by irradiating the first electronic quantum bit NV1 of the first quantum ALU QS1 of the quantum computer QC and the associated nl+1 quantum bits q0 to qnl of the first quantum ALU QS1 with microwave and / or radio wave radiation of one or more first frequency groups of the pairings and / or groupings of the first electronic quantum bit NV1 of the first quantum ALU QS1 of the quantum computer (QC) and one or more nuclear quantum bits of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qnl of the first quantum Alu QS1 of the quantum computer QC.

[0315] The quantum computer QC uses these second means M2 for the third time to respectively manipulate the second electronic quantum bit NV2 of the second quantum ALU QS2 of the quantum computer QC by irradiating the second electronic quantum bit NV2 of the second quantum ALU QS2 of the quantum computer QC with second microwave radiation having a second microwave spectrum with one or more second microwave frequencies of the second microwave spectrum of the second microwave radiation.The quantum computer QC uses these second means M2 for fourthly manipulating the couplings of the second electronic quantum bit NV2 of the second quantum ALU QS2 of the quantum computer QC with one or more nuclear quantum bits of the n2+l quantum bits q0 to qn2 of the second quantum ALU QS2 by irradiating the second electronic quantum bit NV2 of the second quantum ALU QS2 of the quantum computer QC and the associated n2+l quantum bits q0 to qn2 of the second quantum ALU QS2 with microwave and / or radio wave radiation of one or more second frequency groups of the pairings and / or groupings of the second electronic quantum bit NV2 of the second quantum ALU QS2 of the quantum computer QC and one or more nuclear quantum bits of the n2+l nuclear quantum bits qO to qn2 of the second quantum aluminum QS2 of the quantum computer QC.

[0316] The quantum computer QC uses these second means M2 for fifthly manipulating the third electronic quantum bit NV3 of the quantum computer QC by irradiating the third electronic quantum bit NV3 of the quantum computer QC with third microwave radiation having a second microwave spectrum with one or more second microwave frequencies of the third microwave spectrum of the third microwave radiation.

[0317] The quantum computer QC uses these second means M2 for sixthly manipulating the coupling of the first electronic quantum bit NV1 of the first quantum Alu QS1 of the quantum computer QC with the third electronic quantum bit NV3 of the quantum computer QC by irradiating the first electronic quantum bit NV1 of the first quantum Alu QS1 of the quantum computer QC and the third electronic quantum bit NV3 of the quantum computer QC with microwave and / or radio wave radiation with one or more resonant frequencies of the microwave and / or radio waves of the pairings and / or groupings of the first electronic quantum bit NV1 of the first quantum Alu QS1 of the quantum computer QC with the third electronic quantum bit NV3 of the quantum computer QC.

[0318] The quantum computer QC uses these second means M2 for seventhly manipulating the coupling of the second electronic quantum bit NV2 of the second quantum Alu QS2 of the quantum computer QC with the third electronic quantum bit NV3 of the quantum computer QC by irradiating the second electronic quantum bit NV2 of the second quantum Alu QS2 of the quantum computer QC and the third electronic quantum bit NV3 of the quantum computer QC with microwave and / or radio wave radiation with one or more resonant frequencies of the microwave and / or radio waves of the pairings and / or groupings of the second electronic quantum bit NV2 of the second quantum Alu QS2 of the quantum computer QC with the third electronic quantum bit NV3 of the quantum computer QC.

[0319] The quantum computer QC typically includes third means M3.

[0320] The quantum computer QC uses these third means M3 to read out a first quantum state of the spin of the electron configuration of the first paramagnetic center, in particular the first NV center, as the state of the first electronic quantum bit NV1 of the first quantum bit QS1 of the quantum computer QC.

[0321] The quantum computer QC uses these third means M3 to read out a second quantum state of the spin of the electron configuration of the second paramagnetic center, in particular the second NV center, as the state of the second electronic quantum bit NV2 of the second quantum bit QS2 of the quantum computer QC.

[0322] The quantum computer QC uses these third means M3, if necessary, to read out a third quantum state of the spin of the electron configuration of the third paramagnetic center, in particular the third NV center, as the state of the third electronic quantum bit NV3 of the quantum computer QC.

[0323] The quantum computer QC optionally uses these third means M3 to read out the quantum state of one or more nuclear spins of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qnl of the first quantum Alu (QS1) of the quantum computer QC as one or more respective quantum states of one or more respective nuclear quantum bits of the respective nuclear quantum bits of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qnl of the first quantum Alu QS1 of the quantum computer QC.

[0324] The quantum computer QC uses these third means M3, if necessary, to read out the quantum state of one or more nuclear spins of the n2+l nuclear quantum bits qO to qn2 of the second quantum Alu QS2 of the quantum computer QC as one or more respective quantum states of one or more respective nuclear quantum bits of the respective nuclear quantum bits of the n2+l nuclear quantum bits qO to qn2 of the second quantum Alu QS2 of the quantum computer QC.

[0325] The first means M1 and the third means M3 may be wholly or partly identical.

[0326] In variant 2.2 described here, the quantum computer-implemented method for executing an n-qubit gate comprises optionally using one of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits q0 to qln of the first quantum ALU QS1 or the n2+1 nuclear quantum bits q0 to q2n of the second quantum ALU (QS2) as quantum input bits of the n-qubit gate.

[0327] In variant 2.2 described here, the quantum computer-implemented method for executing an n-qubit gate comprises an execution of a first Hadamard gate (H).

[0328] As before, when executing the n-qubit gate, the quantum computer QC preferentially executes the Hadamard gates using method A or method B.

[0329] When executing the n-qubit gate, the quantum computer QC executes the first Hadamard gate (H) in method A by manipulating the spin of the electron configuration of the third paramagnetic center, in particular the third NV center NV3, of the third electronic quantum bit NV3 using a TI / 2 pulse with a corresponding microwave frequency pulse. Typically, the duration of this TI / 2 pulse is related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the spin of the electron configuration of the third paramagnetic center, in particular the third NV center NV3, of the third electronic quantum bit NV3.

[0330] When executing the n-qubit gate, the quantum computer QC further executes the first Hadamard gate (H) in method A by preferably subsequently executing an RZ(ji) gate 12030, in particular by executing a virtual RZ(ji) gate 41030, on the third electronic quantum bit NV3.

[0331] When executing the n-qubit gate, the quantum computer QC executes the first Hadamard gate (H) in method B by performing 12020 manipulation of the spin of the electron configuration of the third paramagnetic center, in particular the third NV center NV3, of the third electronic quantum bit NV3 using a TI / 2 pulse with a corresponding microwave frequency pulse. Typically, the duration of this TI / 2 pulse is related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the spin of the electron configuration of the third paramagnetic center, in particular the third NV center NV3, of the third electronic quantum bit NV3.

[0332] This is followed by the execution of a 2ji gate 12040 on the second electronic quantum bit NV2 of the second quantum aluminum QS2 using a second microwave pulse. The second microwave pulse preferably has a duration of 2TI of the period of the Rabi oscillation of the spin of the electron configuration of the second paramagnetic center, in particular of the second NV center NV2 of the second electronic quantum bit NV2 of the second quantum aluminum QS2.

[0333] This second microwave pulse is typically configured by means of its second microwave pulse spectrum so that p2 nuclear quantum bits of the n2+l nuclear quantum bits q0 to qn2 of the second quantum Alu QS2 thereby influence the second electronic quantum bit NV2 of the second quantum Alu QS2 according to a second value table or a second quantum switching matrix, where 0 <p2<n2+l und p2 eine ganze positive Zahl ist.

[0334] A second quantum switching matrix is ​​understood here, in the sense of the document presented here, to be a provided combination of quantum states of these p2 nuclear quantum bits of the n2+l nuclear quantum bits qO to qn2 of the second quantum Alu QS2, which influence the second electronic quantum bit NV2 of the second quantum Alu QS2.

[0335] Typically, this second microwave pulse is also configured by means of its second microwave pulse spectrum so that n2+l-p2 nuclear quantum bits of the n2+l nuclear quantum bits qO to qn2 of the second quantum Alu QS2 do NOT influence the second electronic quantum bit NV2 of the second quantum Alu QS2.

[0336] The control device pC of the quantum computer QC uses, for example, in the gate of Figure 14, the microwave frequencies f2 <im / i|, f2<noo / i i, f2<oooo / i|, f2<ooio / i|, f2<im / o| , f2<noo / o|, f2<oooo / o|, f2<ooio / o| die den Zustandsvektoren <11111 , <11001 , <00001 , <00101 der nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q3 der zweiten Quanten- Alu QS2 und gleichzeitig dem Zustand <11 oder dem Zustand <01 des dritten elektronischen Quantenbits NV3 entsprechen, als Teile des zweiten Mikrowellenpulses zur Ansteuerung des zweiten elektronischen Quantenbits NV2. Das dritte elektronische Quantenbit NV3 ist hier also neutral gestellt und beeinflusst das zeite elektronische Quantenbit NV2 hier nicht.

[0337] The second electronic quantum bit NV2 collects the logic result of the nuclear quantum bits qO to q3 of the second quantum aluminum QS2 and makes it available to the third electronic quantum bit NV3 in the following second Hadamar pulse as a fifth "virtual nuclear" quantum bit "qO".

[0338] The document presented here refers to these n2+l-p2 nuclear quantum bits of the n2+l nuclear quantum bits q0 to qn2, which do NOT influence the second electronic quantum bit NV2 of the second quantum Alu QS2, hereinafter and in this claim as neutralized or neutralized nuclear quantum bits of the n2+l nuclear quantum bits q0 to qn2 of the second quantum Alu QS2. These neutralized nuclear quantum bits of the n2+l nuclear quantum bits q0 to qn2 of the second quantum Alu QS2 may optionally include further quantum gate output bits.

[0339] The quantum computer QC executes a second Hadamard gate (H) when executing the n-Qu bit gate. The quantum computer QC executes the second Hadamard gate (H) in method A by executing the manipulation of the spin of the electron configuration of the third paramagnetic center, in particular the third NV center NV3, of the third electronic quantum bit NV3 using a TI / 2 pulse with a corresponding microwave frequency pulse. Typically, the duration of this TI / 2 pulse is related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the spin of the electron configuration of the third paramagnetic center, in particular the third NV center NV3, of the third electronic quantum bit NV3.

[0340] When executing the n-Qu bit gate, the quantum computer QC further executes the second Hadamard gate (H) in method A by preferably subsequently executing an RZ(ji) gate 12060, in particular by executing a virtual RZ(ji) gate 12060, on the third electronic quantum bit NV3.

[0341] When executing the n-bit gate, the quantum computer QC executes the second Hadamard gate (H) in method B by performing 12050 manipulation of the spin of the electron configuration of the third paramagnetic center, in particular the third NV center NV3, of the third electronic quantum bit NV3 using a -TI / 2 pulse with a corresponding microwave frequency pulse. Typically, the duration of this -TI / 2 pulse is related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the spin of the electron configuration of the third paramagnetic center, in particular the third NV center NV3, of the third electronic quantum bit NV3.

[0342] When executing the n-qubit gate, the quantum computer QC executes a third Hadamard gate (H). When executing the n-qubit gate, the quantum computer QC executes the Hadamard gates using either method A or method B.

[0343] When executing the n-qubit gate, the quantum computer QC executes the third Hadamard gate (H) in method A by performing 12070 the manipulation of the nuclear spin of a nuclear quantum bit (e.g., q3 / QS1) of the n1+1 nuclear quantum bits q0 to qln of the first quantum ALU QS1, hereinafter referred to as the nuclear quantum output bit (e.g., q3 / QS1), using a TI / 2 pulse with a corresponding radio frequency pulse. Typically, the duration of this TI / 2 pulse is related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the spin of the nuclear quantum output bit (e.g., q3 / QS1).

[0344] When executing the n-qubit gate, the quantum computer QC further executes the third Hadamard gate (H) in method A by executing an RZ(ji) gate 12080, in particular by executing a virtual RZ(ji) gate 12080, on the nuclear quantum output bit (e.g., q3 / QSl).

[0345] When executing the n-qubit gate, the quantum computer QC executes the third Hadamard gate (H) in method B by performing 12070 manipulation of the nuclear spin of a nuclear quantum bit (e.g., q3 / QS1) of the n1+1 nuclear quantum bits q0 to qln of the first quantum ALU QS1, hereinafter referred to as the nuclear quantum output bit (e.g., q3 / QS1), using a TI / 2 pulse with a corresponding radio frequency pulse. Typically, the duration of this TI / 2 pulse is related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the nuclear spin of the nuclear quantum output bit (e.g., q3 / QS1).

[0346] The quantum output bit may, but need not, be different from the quantum input bits.

[0347] This is followed again by the execution of a 2ji gate 12090 on the first electronic quantum bit NV1 of the first quantum aluminum QS1, by means of a first microwave pulse.

[0348] The first microwave pulse has a duration of 2TI of the period of the Rabi oscillation of the spin of the electron configuration of the first paramagnetic center, in particular of the first NV center NV1 of the first electronic quantum bit NV1 of the first quantum aluminum QS1. This first microwave pulse is preferably configured by means of its first microwave pulse spectrum so that pl nuclear quantum bits of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits q0 to qnl influence the first electronic quantum bit NV1 of the first quantum aluminum QS1 according to a first value table or a first quantum switching matrix. Here, l <pl<nl+l und p2 ist eine ganze positive Zahl.In this context, the document presented here again understands a first quantum switching matrix as combinations of quantum states of these pl nuclear quantum bits of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qnl of the first quantum Alu QS1, which influence the first electronic quantum bit NV1 of the second quantum Alu QS1.

[0349] Typically, this first microwave pulse is also configured by means of its first microwave pulse spectrum so that nl+l-pl nuclear quantum bits of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qnl of the first quantum Alu QS1 do NOT influence the first electronic quantum bit NV1 of the first quantum Alu QS1.

[0350] The control device pC of the quantum computer QC uses, for example, in the gate of Figure 14, the microwave frequencies fi <nn / i|, fi<mo / i|, fi<iooi / i |, fi<iooo / i|, fi<oioi / i| , fi<oioo / i|, fi<oon / i| , fi<ooio / i|, die den Zustandsvektoren <111 |, <100 |, <010 |, <0011 der nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q2 der zweiten Quanten-Alu QS2 und gleichzeitig dem Zustand <11 des dritten elektronischen Quantenbits NV3 entsprechen, als Teile des ersten Mikrowellenpulses zur Ansteuerung des ersten elektronischen Quantenbits NV1.

[0351] These nl+l-pl nuclear quantum bits of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qnl), which do NOT influence the first electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the first quantum Alu (QS1), are referred to below and in this claim as neutralized or neutralized nuclear quantum bits of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qnl) of the first quantum Alu (QS1).

[0352] These neutralized nuclear quantum bits of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qnl of the first quantum Alu QS1 typically comprise the quantum gate output bit and may possibly comprise further quantum output bits.

[0353] When executing the n-qubit gate, the quantum computer QC executes a fourth Hadamard gate (H). When executing the n-qubit gate, the quantum computer QC executes the Hadamard gates using either method A or method B.

[0354] When executing the n-qubit gate, the quantum computer QC executes the fourth Hadamard gate (H) in method A by performing 12100 the manipulation of the nuclear spin of a nuclear quantum bit (e.g., q3 / QS1) of the n1+1 nuclear quantum bits q0 to qln of the first quantum ALU QS1, hereinafter referred to as the nuclear quantum output bit (e.g., q3 / QS1), using a TI / 2 pulse with a corresponding radio frequency pulse. Typically, the duration of this TI / 2 pulse is related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the spin of the nuclear quantum output bit (e.g., q3 / QS1).

[0355] When executing the n-qubit gate, the quantum computer QC further executes the third Hadamard gate (H) in method A by executing an RZ(ji) gate 12110, in particular by executing a virtual RZ(ji) gate 12110, on the nuclear quantum output bit (e.g., q3 / QSl).

[0356] When executing the n-qubit gate, the quantum computer QC executes the third Hadamard gate (H) in method B by performing 12100 the manipulation of the nuclear spin of a nuclear quantum bit (e.g., q3 / QS1) of the n1+1 nuclear quantum bits q0 to qln of the first quantum ALU QS1, hereinafter referred to as the nuclear quantum output bit (e.g., q3 / QS1), using a -TI / 2 pulse with a corresponding radio frequency pulse. Typically, the duration of this -TI / 2 pulse is related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the nuclear spin of the nuclear quantum output bit (e.g., q3 / QS1).

[0357] Preferably, the computer core CPU of the control device pC of the quantum computer QC executes the associated quantum computer program code in the memory MEM of the control device pC of the quantum computer QC when executing the quantum computer-implemented method explained above and, in doing so, manipulates the device components of the addressed quantum ALUs of the quantum ALUs (QS1, QS2) of the quantum processor QPROZ of the quantum computer QC.The document presented here also discloses a quantum computer program product in a memory, the content of which comprises a quantum computer program code for a quantum computer program or a quantum computer subprogram, which is configured to be mechanically or data-technically connected to the control device pC, so that ultimately the quantum computer program code can either be executed in whole or in part by the control device pC of the quantum computer QC or can be transferred in whole or in part to the memory MEM of the quantum computer QC.

[0358] By additionally coupling one or more additional NV centers (NV3), a type of quantum bus system (QBUS) can be constructed. In this case, these additional NV centers (NV3) serve as so-called flying quantum bits. Strictly speaking, these additional NV centers (NV3) are electronic flying quantum bits. Due to the short coupling range, nuclear flying quantum bits are typically not feasible at present. Instead of a chain of numerous electronic quantum bits, such as a chain of interconnectable electronic spins of respective electron configurations of respective NV centers, one can also use a photonic system or a magnetic spin wave with a longer range as a quantum bus of flying quantum bits.By using a chain of a multitude of interconnected electronic quantum bits and / or photon guides such as optical fibers for coupling quantum bits, especially electronic quantum bits such as the electron configurations of NV centers and / or magnetic spin waves, a complete network of interconnectable quantum bits can be constructed. This method is particularly suitable for quantum computer QC-assisted image processing or for quantum computer QC-assisted readout and / or compression of measured value signals from sensors and / or quantum sensors.

[0359] In the example of Figure 14, the quantum computer QC executes a quantum computer-implemented method for performing a quantum arithmetic operation with two NV centers and several nuclear quantum bits NV1, NV2 and coupling the two NV centers NV1, NV2 via an NV center NV3 based electronic flying quantum bit NV3.

[0360] Gate concatenations

[0361] Variant 3.1 (decoupling]

[0362] The document presented here describes a quantum computer-implemented method for executing a concatenated multi-qubit gate, wherein the concatenated multi-qubit gate comprises a first multi-qubit gate and a second multi-qubit gate. The first multi-qubit gate is to be a multi-qubit gate as described above, and the second multi-qubit gate is to be a multi-qubit gate as described above. The first multi-qubit gate and the second first multi-qubit gate use n+1 nuclear quantum bits q0 to qn as proposed. The document presented here proposes, in this variant 3.1, using one of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits q0 to qn as the first quantum output bit of the first multi-qubit gate. Furthermore, the document presented here now proposes in this variant 3.1 the use of one of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qn) as the second quantum output bit of the second multi-qubit gate.Furthermore, the document presented here proposes that the first quantum output bit be different from the second quantum output bit. This decouples the two multi-qubit gates from each other.

[0363] Variant 3.2 (chaining]

[0364] Regarding the concatenation of multi-qubit gates, the document presented here proposes that in a quantum computer-implemented method for concatenating two multi-qubit gates, as described above, the first quantum output bit is a quantum input bit of the second multi-qubit gate. This allows the two multi-qubit gates to be executed in series, forming a larger multi-qubit gate, which would be impossible to realize with a single quantum quantum gate (QS1).

[0365] Variant 3.3 [QuBit Reuse]

[0366] Furthermore, the document presented here proposes a quantum computer-implemented method for executing a concatenated multi-qubit gate as described above. The document presented here now proposes that the second quantum output bit be a quantum input bit of the first multi-qubit gate. This allows for the saving of a nuclear quantum bit.

[0367] Variant 3.4

[0368] Furthermore, the document presented here proposes a quantum computer-implemented method for executing a concatenated multi-qubit gate as described above, wherein the first multi-qubit gate applies the Hadamard gates to one nuclear quantum bit of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qn) and wherein the second multi-qubit gate applies the Hadamard gates to another nuclear quantum bit of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qn) that is different from the immediately above-mentioned nuclear quantum bit of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qn).

[0369] This enables the decoupling of the two multi-qubit gates.

[0370] Variant 3.5

[0371] Furthermore, the document presented here proposes a quantum computer-implemented method for executing a concatenated multi-qubit gate as described above, wherein the further nuclear quantum bit of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits q0 to qn in the 2ji gate 10030 is neutralized to the first electronic quantum bit NV1 in the first multi-qubit gate. This prevents the further nuclear quantum bit of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits q0 to qn from influencing the first electronic quantum bit NV1.

[0372] Variant 3.6

[0373] Furthermore, the document presented here proposes a quantum computer-implemented method for executing a concatenated multi-qubit gate as described above, wherein the nuclear quantum bit of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits q0 to qn in the 2ji gate 10030 is neutralized to the electronic quantum bit NV1 in the second multi-qubit gate. Furthermore, the document presented here proposes the subsequent use of the quantum output bit of the first multi-qubit gate as the input quantum bit of the second multi-qubit gate. This enables the concatenation of the two multi-qubit gates. Special gate

[0374] In the following, the document presented here describes some special gates that use a multi-qubit gate, which was described previously, or a -qu bit gate, which was described previously.

[0375] Variant 4.1 (CCCNOT gate)

[0376] The document presented here describes a quantum computer-implemented method for executing a CCCNOT gate (X) (Figure 6), based on one of the previously described methods, in particular based on the method of variant 1.1. The method now described in variant 4.1 again begins with the provision 13010 of a suitable quantum computer QC. As in variant 1.1, in this variant 4.1 the quantum computer QC comprises a paramagnetic center, in particular an NV center NV1 in diamond, with an electronic spin of the electron configuration of the paramagnetic center, in particular of the NV center NV1 in diamond, as the electronic quantum bit NV1 of the quantum computer QC. The quantum computer QC of this variant comprises, for example, four nuclear quantum bits q0 to q3.If more than four nuclear quantum bits are used, the frequency vectors of the following 2ji pulse can either be extended by increasing the number of Cs in the gate designation, or by neutralizing these additional nuclear quantum bits in the following 2TI pulse. Therefore, the following example is only one example of an entire class of Cs. n -NOT- gates that can be realized with the technical teaching presented here. Here, n is a positive integer greater than 0. The four nuclear quantum bits q0 to q3 can, in the variant presented here, represent at least four respective nuclear spins, of isotopes with a magnetic moment and / or in particular of 13C isotopes in diamond, as respective nuclear quantum bits qO to q3 of the four nuclear quantum bits qO to q3. In particular, the four nuclear quantum bits qO to q3 can comprise at least one nuclear spin of an atom with a magnetic moment, which is part of the paramagnetic center NV1 and which can in particular be a nitrogen atom of the NV center NV1 in diamond, as a nuclear quantum bit of the four nuclear quantum bits qO to q3. In order to form a quantum gate, these four nuclear quantum bits qO to q3 can typically each be coupled individually to the said electronic quantum bit NV1 of the quantum computer QC. The quantum computer QC of the variant presented here again comprises first means Ml. Preferably, these first means Ml serve the quantum computer QC orthe control device pC of the quantum computer QC during the execution of the quantum computer program codes of a quantum computer program, which are stored in a memory MEM of the control device pC, for forming or initializing the first electronic quantum bit NV1 of the first quantum ALU QS1. The control device pC of the quantum computer QC is preferably configured, by means of other device parts of the quantum computer QC, in particular by irradiating a pump radiation pulse of the pump radiation (LB) with a pump radiation wavelength (λ. pmp) into the first electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the first quantum ALU (QS1) of the quantum computer (QC). The document presented here refers in particular to documents WO 2021 083 448 A1, WO 2020 260640 A1, WO 2021 018 654 A1, WO 2022 228 613 A1, WO 2023 170054 A1, as well as to the PCT application with WIPO file number PCT / EP2024 / 073495, which was not yet published at the time of filing this document. As before, the quantum computer QC of the variant presented here also comprises second means M2. These second means M2 serve, firstly, to manipulate the quantum state of the electronic quantum bit NV1 in the form of the electronic spin of the electron configuration of the paramagnetic center, in particular NV center NV1, by irradiating the paramagnetic center, in particular the NV center NV1, with microwave radiation.These second means M2 serve secondly to manipulate the couplings of the quantum state of the electronic spin of the electronic quantum bit NV1 of the paramagnetic center, in particular of the NV center NV1, with one or more of the respective nuclear spins of the respective nuclear quantum bits of the four nuclear quantum bits q0 to q3 by irradiating the electronic quantum bit of the paramagnetic center, in particular of the NV center NV1, with microwave and / or radio wave radiation and / or to manipulate the quantum state of one or more respective nuclear spins of the respective nuclear quantum bits of the four nuclear quantum bits q0 to q3 by irradiating the electronic quantum bit of the paramagnetic center, in particular of the NV center NV1, and the respective nuclear quantum bits of the four nuclear Quantum bits q0 to q3 with microwave and / or radio wave radiation.

[0377] As before, the quantum computer QC of the variant presented here also comprises third means M3 for reading the quantum state of the electronic quantum bit of the paramagnetic center, in particular of the NV center NV1, and optionally for reading the quantum state of one or more respective nuclear spins of the respective nuclear quantum bits of the four nuclear quantum bits q0 to q3 as one or more respective quantum states of one or more respective nuclear quantum bits q0 to q3. As before, in the variant presented here, the first means M1 and the third means M3 can be completely or partially identical.

[0378] As before, the method presented in this variant optionally uses a zeroth nuclear quantum bit qO of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qn as the zeroth quantum input bit of the exemplary CCCNOT gate (X). As before, the method presented in this variant optionally uses a first nuclear quantum bit q1 of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qn as the first quantum input bit of the CCCNOT gate (X). As before, the method presented in this variant optionally uses a second nuclear quantum bit q2 of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qn as the second quantum input bit of the CCCNOT gate (X).

[0379] The method presented here in this variant again begins with the execution of the first Hadamard gate (H) by the quantum computer QC. As before, the control device pC of the quantum computer QC, using the other device parts of the quantum computer QC, executes the Hadamard gates according to method A or method B when executing the quantum computer program code for the CCCNOT gate in the memory MEM of the control device pC.

[0380] The quantum computer-implemented method for executing the CCCNOT gate, when executed by the quantum computer QC, executes the first Hadamard gate (H) in method A in a first substep by executing 13020 the manipulation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit q3) using a TI / 2 pulse using a corresponding radio frequency pulse. Typically, the time duration of 2TI is related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit q3. The quantum computer-implemented method for executing the CCCNOT gate, when executed by the quantum computer QC, executes the first Hadamard gate (H) in method A in a second substep by executing an RZ(ji) gate 13030 on the third nuclear quantum bit q3.The quantum computer-implemented method for executing the CCCNOT gate, when executed by the quantum computer QC, executes the first Hadamard gate (H) in method B by performing 13020 manipulation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit q3 using a TI / 2 pulse with a corresponding radio frequency pulse. Typically, the duration of 2TI is related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit q3.

[0381] In the variant presented here, the method presented here also involves the execution of the 2TI gate 13040 on the electronic quantum bit, for example as an Rx(2ji) gate on the electronic spin of the electron configuration of the NV center NV1 as an electronic quantum bit NV1 of the NV center NV1, by means of a corresponding microwave pulse. Here, the microwave frequency spectrum of the microwave pulse again comprises a correlated frequency group of microwave frequencies with an amplitude different from zero. This frequency group is configured such that the third nuclear quantum bit q3 is a neutralized nuclear quantum bit and thus the first electronic quantum bit NV1 is not affected during the 2ji pulse. A first correlated microwave frequency (f <mo|) der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <11101 der vier nuklearen Spins der vier nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q3 korreliert.Furthermore, a second correlated microwave frequency (f <nn|) der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <11111 der vier nuklearen Spins der vier nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q3 korreliert. Dies hat dann zur Folge, dass der Zustand des elektronischen Quantenbits NV1 durch die Mikrowellenstrahlung mit der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe beeinflusst wird, wenn der Zustandsvektor der Zustände der drei nicht neutralisierten nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q2 dem Zustand <1111 entspricht. Diese Quantenlogische Verknüpfung bestimmt die Verknüpfungseigenschaften eines CCCNOT-Gatters.

[0382] The method presented here in this variant again ends with the execution of the second Hadamard gate (H) by the quantum computer QC. As before, the control device pC of the quantum computer QC, using the other device parts of the quantum computer QC, executes the Hadamard gates according to method A or method B when executing the quantum computer program code for the CCCNOT gate in the memory MEM of the control device pC.

[0383] The quantum computer-implemented method for executing the CCCNOT gate, when executed by the quantum computer QC, executes the first Hadamard gate (H) in method A in a first substep by executing 13050 the manipulation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit q3) using a TI / 2 pulse using a corresponding radio frequency pulse. Typically, the time duration of 2TI is related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit q3. The quantum computer-implemented method for executing the CCCNOT gate, when executed by the quantum computer QC, executes the first Hadamard gate (H) in method A in a second substep by executing an RZ(ji) gate 13060 on the third quantum bit q3.The quantum computer-implemented method for executing the CCCNOT gate, when executed by the quantum computer QC, executes the first Hadamard gate (H) in method B by performing the manipulation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit q3 using a -TT / 2 pulse with a corresponding radio frequency pulse. Typically, the time duration of 2TI is related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit q3.

[0384] In contrast, a CCCNOT gate can only be implemented in superconducting qubits of quantum computers using multiple SWOP gates. This "circuit" thus corresponds to approximately 50 gate operations for a transmon qubit. It is obvious that this significantly increases the speed of calculating an addition. Thus, the performance of additions in the proposed quantum computer QC is considerably simplified if it incorporates the proposed method, which includes a rotation of the orientation of the NV center coordinate system and an operation for manipulating a nuclear quantum bit.

[0385] The use of the nuclear spins of the nuclear quantum bits qO, ql, q2, q3 can be interchanged in functionally equivalent versions of the quantum computer-implemented method for executing a multi-qubit Toffeli (CCCNOT) gate.

[0386] Preferably, the computer core CPU of the control device pC of the quantum computer QC executes the associated quantum computer program code in the memory MEM of the control device pC of the quantum computer QC when executing the quantum computer-implemented method explained above and, in doing so, manipulates the device components of the addressed quantum ALUs of the quantum ALUs (QS1, QS2) of the quantum processor QPROZ of the quantum computer QC.The document presented here also discloses a quantum computer program product in a memory, the content of which comprises a quantum computer program code for a quantum computer program or a quantum computer subprogram, which is configured to be mechanically or data-technically connected to the control device pC, so that ultimately the quantum computer program code can either be executed in whole or in part by the control device pC of the quantum computer QC or can be transferred in whole or in part to the memory MEM of the quantum computer QC.

[0387] Optionally, the process performed by the quantum computer QC or a subsequent process performed by the quantum computer QC can then use the third nuclear quantum bit q3 as the quantum output bit of the CCCNOT gate (X).

[0388] Preferably, the computer core CPU of the control device pC of the quantum computer QC executes the associated quantum computer program code in the memory MEM of the control device pC of the quantum computer QC when executing the quantum computer-implemented method explained above and, in doing so, manipulates the device components of the addressed quantum ALUs of the quantum ALUs (QS1, QS2) of the quantum processor QPROZ of the quantum computer QC.The document presented here also discloses a quantum computer program product in a memory, the content of which comprises a quantum computer program code for a quantum computer program or a quantum computer subprogram, which is configured to be mechanically or data-technically connected to the control device pC, so that ultimately the quantum computer program code can either be executed in whole or in part by the control device pC of the quantum computer QC or can be transferred in whole or in part to the memory MEM of the quantum computer QC.

[0389] Variant 4.2 (quantum adder without carry-in quantum bit]

[0390] The document presented here now describes several adder variants as special cases of the variants previously described in variants 1.1 to 3.6. First, the document presented here begins with a simple two-bit quantum adder 14000 without a quantum carry input bit and without a quantum carry output bit. The text presented here also refers to Figure 9.

[0391] As before, the quantum computer-implemented method presented here begins with the provision 14010 of a suitable quantum computer QC, which is configured to be able to execute the method presented here in the variant presented here except for the step of providing itself.

[0392] Also in variant 4.2 presented here, the quantum computer QC comprises a paramagnetic center, in particular an NV center NV1 in diamond, with an electronic spin of the electron configuration of the paramagnetic center, in particular of the NV center NV1 in diamond, as the electronic quantum bit NV1 of the quantum computer QC. The quantum computer QC comprises at least three nuclear quantum bits q0 to q2. The three nuclear quantum bits q0 to q2 can have at least three respective nuclear spins, of isotopes with a magnetic moment and / or in particular of 13C isotopes in diamond, as respective nuclear quantum bits qO to q2 of the three nuclear quantum bits qO to q2. In particular, the three nuclear quantum bits qO to q2 can comprise at least one nuclear spin of an atom with a magnetic moment, which is a component of the paramagnetic center NV1 and which can in particular be a nitrogen atom of the NV center NV1 in diamond, as a nuclear quantum bit of the three nuclear quantum bits qO to q2. These three nuclear quantum bits qO to q2 can typically each be coupled individually to the said electronic quantum bit NV1 of the quantum computer QC. The quantum computer QC of the variant presented here again comprises first means M1. Preferably, these first means M1 serve the quantum computer QC orthe control device pC of the quantum computer QC during the execution of the quantum computer program codes of a quantum computer program, which are stored in a memory MEM of the control device pC, for forming or initializing the first electronic quantum bit NV1 of the first quantum ALU QS1. The control device pC of the quantum computer QC is preferably configured to do so by means of other device parts of the quantum computer QC, in particular by irradiating a pump radiation pulse of the pump radiation LB with a pump radiation wavelength. pmp into the first electronic quantum bit NV1 of the first quantum ALU QS1 of the quantum computer QC. The document presented here refers in particular to the documents WO 2021 083 448 A1, WO 2020 260640 A1, WO 2021 018 654 A1, WO 2022 228 613 A1, WO 2023 170054 A1, as well as to the PCT application with WIPO file number PCT / EP2024 / 073 495, which was not yet published at the time of filing this document.

[0393] In the variant presented here, the quantum computer QC also includes second means M2. In the variant presented here, these second means M2 also serve, first, to manipulate the quantum state of the electronic quantum bit NV1 in the form of the electronic spin of the electron configuration of the paramagnetic center, in particular NV center NV1, by irradiating the paramagnetic center, in particular NV center NV1, with microwave radiation.In the variant presented here, these second means M2 also serve, secondly, to manipulate the couplings of the quantum state of the electronic spin of the electronic quantum bit NV1 of the paramagnetic center, in particular of the NV center NV1, with one or more of the respective nuclear spins of the respective nuclear quantum bits of the three nuclear quantum bits q0 to q2 by irradiating the electronic quantum bit of the paramagnetic center, in particular of the NV center NV1, with microwave and / or radio wave radiation and / or to manipulate the quantum state of one or more respective nuclear spins of the respective nuclear quantum bits of the three nuclear quantum bits q0 to q2 by irradiating the electronic quantum bit of the paramagnetic center, in particular of the NV center NV1, and the respective nuclear quantum bits of the three nuclear quantum bits qO to q2 with microwave and / or radio wave radiation.In the variant presented here, the quantum computer QC also comprises third means M3 for reading the quantum state of the electronic quantum bit of the paramagnetic center, in particular of the NV center NV1, and optionally for reading the quantum state of one or more respective nuclear spins of the respective nuclear quantum bits of the three nuclear quantum bits q0 to q2 as one or more respective quantum states of one or more respective nuclear quantum bits q0 to q2. As before, the first means M1 and the third means M3 can be completely or partially identical.

[0394] As before, the method presented in this variant optionally uses the zeroth nuclear quantum bit qO as the zeroth quantum input bit of the adder gate. As before, the method presented in this variant optionally uses the first nuclear quantum bit ql as the first quantum input bit of the adder gate. The method presented here in this variant again begins with the execution of the first Hadamard gate (H) by the quantum computer QC. As before, the control device pC of the quantum computer QC executes the Hadamard gates according to method A or method B by means of the other device parts of the quantum computer QC when executing the quantum computer program code for the adder gate in the memory MEM of the control device pC.

[0395] The quantum computer-implemented method for executing the adder gate, when executed by the quantum computer QC, executes the first Hadamard gate (H) in method A in a first substep by executing 14020 the manipulation of the second nuclear spin of the second nuclear quantum bit q2 by means of a TT / 2 pulse using a corresponding radio frequency pulse. Typically, the time duration of 2TI is related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the second nuclear spin of the second nuclear quantum bit q2. The quantum computer-implemented method for executing the adder gate, when executed by the quantum computer QC, executes the first Hadamard gate (H) in method A in a second substep by executing an RZ(ji) gate 14030 on the second nuclear quantum bit q2.The quantum computer-implemented method for executing the adder gate, when executed by the quantum computer QC, executes the first Hadamard gate (H) in method B by performing 14020 manipulation of the second nuclear spin of the second nuclear quantum bit q2 using a TI / 2 pulse with a corresponding radio frequency pulse. Typically, the duration of 2TI is related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the second nuclear spin of the second nuclear quantum bit q2.

[0396] In the variant presented here, the method presented here also involves the execution of the 2TI gate 14040 on the electronic quantum bit, for example, as an Rx(2ji) gate on the electronic spin of the electron configuration of the NV center NV1 as an electronic quantum bit NV1 of the NV center NV1, using a corresponding microwave pulse. The microwave frequency spectrum of the microwave pulse again comprises a correlated frequency group of microwave frequencies with an amplitude different from zero. This frequency group is configured so that the second nuclear quantum bit q2 is a neutralized nuclear quantum bit and thus does not influence the first electronic quantum bit NV1 during the 2ji pulse.

[0397] A first correlated microwave frequency f <ioo| der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <1001 der drei nuklearen Spins der zwei nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q2 korreliert. Dabei ist eine zweite korrelierte Mikrowellenfrequenz f<ioi | der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <1011 der drei nuklearen Spins der drei nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q2 korreliert. Dabei ist eine dritte korrelierte Mikrowellenfrequenz f<oii| der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <0111 der drei nuklearen Spins der drei nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q2 korreliert. Dabei ist eine vierte korrelierte Mikrowellenfrequenz f<oioo| der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <0101 der drei nuklearen Spins der drei nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q2 korreliert.

[0398] This then results in the state of the electronic quantum bit NV1 being influenced by the microwave radiation with the correlated frequency group only if the state vector of the states of the three non-neutralized nuclear quantum bits qO to ql corresponds to the state <101 or the state <011.

[0399] The method presented here in this variant again ends with the execution of the second Hadamard gate (H) by the quantum computer QC. Execution of a Hadamar gate (H) As before, the control device pC of the quantum computer QC executes the Hadamard gates according to method A or method B by means of the other device parts of the quantum computer QC when executing the quantum computer program code for the adder gate in the memory MEM of the control device pC. The quantum computer-implemented method for executing the adder gate, when executed by the quantum computer QC, executes the second Hadamard gate (H) in method A in a first sub-step by executing 14050 the manipulation of the third nuclear spin of the second nuclear quantum bit q2 by means of a TI / 2 pulse.Typically, the duration of 2TI is related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the second nuclear spin of the second nuclear quantum bit q2. The quantum computer-implemented method for executing the adder gate, when executed by the quantum computer QC, executes the second Hadamard gate (H) in method A in a second substep by executing an RZ(ji) gate 14060 on the second nuclear quantum bit q2. Execution of a second Hadamard gate (H).

[0400] The quantum computer-implemented method for executing the adder gate, when executed by the quantum computer QC, executes the second Hadamard gate (H) in method B by performing 14050 manipulation of the second nuclear spin of the second nuclear quantum bit q2 using a -TI / 2 pulse with a corresponding radio frequency pulse. Typically, the duration of 2TI is related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the third nuclear spin of the second nuclear quantum bit q2.

[0401] Preferably, the computer core CPU of the control device pC of the quantum computer QC executes the associated quantum computer program code in the memory MEM of the control device pC of the quantum computer QC when executing the quantum computer-implemented method explained above and, in doing so, manipulates the device components of the addressed quantum ALUs of the quantum ALUs (QS1, QS2) of the quantum processor QPROZ of the quantum computer QC.The document presented here also discloses a quantum computer program product in a memory, the content of which comprises a quantum computer program code for a quantum computer program or a quantum computer subprogram, which is configured to be mechanically or data-technically connected to the control device pC, so that ultimately the quantum computer program code can either be executed in whole or in part by the control device pC of the quantum computer QC or can be transferred in whole or in part to the memory MEM of the quantum computer QC.

[0402] Optionally, the process performed by the quantum computer QC or a subsequent process performed by the quantum computer QC can then use the second nuclear quantum bit q2 as the quantum output bit of the adder gate.

[0403] Variant 4.3 (quantum adder with carry-in quantum bit]

[0404] Second, the document presented here continues the description of several adder variants as special cases of the variants previously described in variants 1.1 to 3.6, with a simple two-bit quantum adder with a quantum carry input bit and without a quantum carry output bit. The text presented here also refers to Figure 10.

[0405] As before, the quantum computer-implemented method presented here begins with the provision 15010 of a suitable quantum computer QC, which is configured to be able to execute the method presented here in the variant presented here except for the step of providing itself.

[0406] The quantum computer QC again comprises a paramagnetic center, in particular an NV center NV1, with an electronic spin of the electron configuration of the paramagnetic center, in particular of the NV center NV1 in diamond, as the electronic quantum bit NV1 of the quantum computer QC. The quantum computer QC now comprises, for example, four nuclear quantum bits q0 to q3. The four nuclear quantum bits q0 to q3 can typically have at least four respective nuclear spins, of isotopes with a magnetic moment and / or in particular of 13C isotopes in diamond, as respective nuclear quantum bits qO to q3 of the four nuclear quantum bits qO to q3. In particular, the four nuclear quantum bits qO to q3 can comprise at least one nuclear spin of an atom with a magnetic moment, which is a component of the electronic quantum bit NV1 in the form of the paramagnetic center NV1 and which can in particular be a nitrogen atom of the NV center NV1 in diamond, as a nuclear quantum bit of the four nuclear quantum bits qO to q3. In order to form a quantum aluminum QS1 in the substrate D of the quantum computer QC, these four nuclear quantum bits qO to q3 can each be individually coupled to the said electronic quantum bit NV1 of the quantum computer QC. The quantum computer QC preferably again comprises first means Ml. These first means Ml preferably serve the quantum computer QC orthe control device pC of the quantum computer QC during the execution of the quantum computer program codes of a quantum computer program, which are stored in a memory MEM of the control device pC, for forming or initializing the electronic quantum bit NV1 (spin of the paramagnetic center NV1) of the first quantum ALU QS1. The control device pC of the quantum computer QC is preferably configured to do so by means of other device parts of the quantum computer QC, in particular by irradiating a pump radiation pulse of the pump radiation LB with a pump radiation wavelength. pmp into the first electronic quantum bit NV1 of the first quantum ALU QS1 of the quantum computer QC. The document presented here refers in particular to the documents WO 2021 083 448 A1, WO 2020 260640 A1, WO 2021 018 654 A1, WO 2022 228 613 A1, WO 2023 170054 A1, as well as to the PCT application with WIPO file number PCT / EP2024 / 073495, which was not yet published at the time of filing this document.

[0407] As before, the quantum computer QC preferably comprises second means M2.

[0408] These second means M2 preferably serve firstly to manipulate the quantum state of the electronic quantum bit NV1 in the form of the electronic spin of the electron configuration of the paramagnetic center, in particular NV center NV1, by irradiating the paramagnetic center, in particular the NV center NV1, with microwave radiation.

[0409] These second means M2 preferably serve secondly to manipulate the couplings of the quantum state of the electronic spin of the electronic quantum bit NV1 of the paramagnetic center, in particular of the NV center NV1, with one or more of the respective nuclear spins of the respective nuclear quantum bits of the four nuclear quantum bits q0 to q3 by irradiating the electronic quantum bit of the paramagnetic center, in particular of the NV center NV1, with microwave and / or radio wave radiation and / or to manipulate the quantum state of one or more respective nuclear spins of the respective nuclear quantum bits of the four nuclear quantum bits q0 to q3 by irradiating the electronic quantum bit of the paramagnetic center, in particular of the NV center NV1, and the respective nuclear quantum bits of the four nuclear Quantum bits (q0 to q3) with microwave and / or radio wave radiation.Finally, the quantum computer QC again comprises third means M3 for reading the quantum state of the electronic quantum bit of the paramagnetic center, in particular of the NV center NV1, and optionally for reading the quantum state of one or more respective nuclear spins of the respective nuclear quantum bits of the four nuclear quantum bits q0 to q3 as one or more respective quantum states of one or more respective nuclear quantum bits q0 to q3. Again, the first means M1 and the third means M3 can be completely or partially identical.

[0410] As before, the method presented in this variant optionally uses the zeroth nuclear quantum bit qO as the zeroth quantum input bit of the adder gate with a quantum carry input bit. As before, the method presented in this variant optionally uses the first nuclear quantum bit ql as the first quantum input bit of the adder gate with a quantum carry input bit.

[0411] Now, however, the method presented in this variant optionally uses the second nuclear quantum bit q2 as the quantum carry input bit of the adder gate with quantum carry input bit.

[0412] The method presented here in this variant again begins with the execution of the first Hadamard gate (H) by the quantum computer QC. As before, the control device pC of the quantum computer QC, using the other device parts of the quantum computer QC, executes the Hadamard gates according to method A or method B when executing the quantum computer program code for the adder gate in the memory MEM of the control device pC.

[0413] The quantum computer-implemented method for executing the adder gate, when executed by the quantum computer QC, executes the first Hadamard gate (H) in method A in a first substep by executing 15020 the manipulation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit q3 using a TI / 2 pulse using a corresponding radio frequency pulse. Typically, the time duration of 2TI is related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit q3. The quantum computer-implemented method for executing the adder gate, when executed by the quantum computer QC, executes the first Hadamard gate (H) in method A in a second substep by executing an RZ(ji) gate 15030 on the third nuclear quantum bit q3.The quantum computer-implemented method for executing the adder gate, when executed by the quantum computer QC, executes the first Hadamard gate (H) in method B by performing 15020 manipulation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit q3 using a TI / 2 pulse with a corresponding radio frequency pulse. Typically, the temporal duration of 2TI is related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit q3.

[0414] In the variant presented here, the method presented here also involves the execution of the 2TI gate 15040 on the electronic quantum bit, for example, as an Rx(2ji) gate on the electronic spin of the electron configuration of the NV center NV1 as an electronic quantum bit NV1 of the NV center NV1, using a corresponding microwave pulse. The microwave frequency spectrum of the microwave pulse again comprises a correlated frequency group of microwave frequencies with an amplitude different from zero. This frequency group is configured so that the third nuclear quantum bit q3 is a neutralized nuclear quantum bit and thus does not influence the first electronic quantum bit NV1 during the 2ji pulse.

[0415] A first correlated microwave frequency f <iooo| der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <10001 der vier nuklearen Spins der vier nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q3 korreliert. Dabei ist eine zweite korrelierte Mikrowellenfrequenz f<iooi| der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <10011 der vier nuklearen Spins der vier nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q3 korreliert. Dabei ist eine dritte korrelierte Mikrowellenfrequenz f<oioi| der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <01011 der vier nuklearen Spins der vier nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q3 korreliert. Dabei ist eine vierte korrelierte Mikrowellenfrequenz f<oioo| der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <01001 der vier nuklearen Spins der vier nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q3 korreliert. Dabei ist eine fünfte korrelierte Mikrowellenfrequenz f<oon | der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <00111 der vier nuklearen Spins der vier nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q3 korreliert ist.A sixth correlated microwave frequency f <ooio| der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <00101 der vier nuklearen Spins der vier nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q3 korreliert. Dabei ist eine siebte korrelierte Mikrowellenfrequenz f<nn| der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <11111 der vier nuklearen Spins der vier nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q3 korreliert. Dabei ist eine achte korrelierte Mikrowellenfrequenz f<mo| der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <11101 der vier nuklearen Spins der vier nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q3 korreliert.

[0416] The state of the electronic quantum bit NV1 is influenced by the microwave radiation with the correlated frequency group precisely when the state of the three non-neutralized nuclear quantum bits qO to q2 corresponds to the state <1001 or the state <0101 or the state <0011 or the state <1111.

[0417] The method presented here in this variant now again ends with the execution of the second Hadamard gate (H) by the quantum computer QC. As before, the control device pC of the quantum computer QC executes the Hadamard gates according to method A or method B by means of the other device parts of the quantum computer QC when executing the quantum computer program code for the adder gate in the memory MEM of the control device pC.

[0418] The quantum computer-implemented method for executing the adder gate, when executed by the quantum computer QC, executes the second Hadamard gate (H) in method A in a first substep by executing 15050 the manipulation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit q3 using a TI / 2 pulse using a corresponding radio frequency pulse. Typically, the time duration of 2TI is related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit q3. The quantum computer-implemented method for executing the adder gate, when executed by the quantum computer QC, executes the second Hadamard gate (H) in method A in a second substep by executing an RZ(ji) gate 15060 on the third nuclear quantum bit q3.The quantum computer-implemented method for executing the adder gate, when executed by the quantum computer QC, executes the second Hadamard gate (H) in method B by performing 15050 manipulation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit q3 using a -TI / 2 pulse with a corresponding radio frequency pulse. Typically, the temporal duration of 2TI is related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit q3.

[0419] Preferably, the computer core CPU of the control device pC of the quantum computer QC executes the associated quantum computer program code in the memory MEM of the control device pC of the quantum computer QC when executing the quantum computer-implemented method explained above and, in doing so, manipulates the device components of the addressed quantum ALUs of the quantum ALUs (QS1, QS2) of the quantum processor QPROZ of the quantum computer QC.The document presented here also discloses a quantum computer program product in a memory, the content of which comprises a quantum computer program code for a quantum computer program or a quantum computer subprogram, which is configured to be mechanically or data-technically connected to the control device pC, so that ultimately the quantum computer program code can either be executed in whole or in part by the control device pC of the quantum computer QC or can be transferred in whole or in part to the memory MEM of the quantum computer QC.

[0420] Optionally, the process performed by the quantum computer QC or a subsequent process performed by the quantum computer QC can then use the third nuclear quantum bit q3 as the quantum output bit of the adder gate.

[0421] Variant 4.4 (five quantum bit quantum full adder gates)

[0422] Third, the document presented here continues the description of several adder variants as special cases of the variants previously described in variants 1.1 to 3.6, using a simple five-quantum-bit quantum full adder gate with a quantum carry input bit and a quantum carry output bit. The text presented here also refers to Figure 11.

[0423] As before, the quantum computer-implemented method presented here begins with the provision 16010 of a suitable quantum computer QC, which is configured to be able to execute the method presented here in the variant presented here except for the step of providing itself.

[0424] The quantum computer QC again comprises a paramagnetic center, in particular an NV center NV1, with an electronic spin of the electron configuration of the paramagnetic center, in particular of the NV center NV1 in diamond, as the electronic quantum bit NV1 of the quantum computer QC. The quantum computer QC now comprises, for example, five nuclear quantum bits q0 to q4. The five nuclear quantum bits q0 to q4 can typically have at least five respective nuclear spins, of isotopes with a magnetic moment and / or in particular of 13C isotopes in diamond, as respective nuclear quantum bits qO to q4 of the five nuclear quantum bits qO to q4. In particular, the five nuclear quantum bits qO to q4 can comprise at least one nuclear spin of an atom with a magnetic moment, which is a component of the electronic quantum bit NV1 in the form of the paramagnetic center NV1 and which can in particular be a nitrogen atom of the NV center NV1 in diamond, as a nuclear quantum bit of the five nuclear quantum bits qO to q4. In order to be able to form a quantum aluminum QS1 in the substrate D of the quantum computer QC, these five nuclear quantum bits qO to q4 can each be individually coupled to the said electronic quantum bit NV1 of the quantum computer QC.

[0425] The quantum computer QC preferably again comprises first means M1. These first means M1 preferably serve the quantum computer QC or the control device pC of the quantum computer QC when executing the quantum computer program codes of a quantum computer program, which are stored in a memory MEM of the control device pC, for forming or initializing the electronic quantum bit NV1 (spin of the paramagnetic center NV1 of the first quantum ALU QS1). The control device pC of the quantum computer QC is preferably configured to, by means of other device parts of the quantum computer QC, in particular by means of irradiation of a pump radiation pulse of the pump radiation LB with a pump radiation wavelength pmp into the first electronic quantum bit NV1 of the first quantum ALU QS1 of the quantum computer QC. The document presented here refers in particular to the documents WO 2021 083 448 A1, WO 2020 260 640 A1, WO 2021 018 654 A1, WO 2022 228 613 A1, WO 2023 170054 A1, as well as to the PCT application with WIPO file number PCT / EP2024 / 073 495, which was not yet published at the time of filing this document.

[0426] As before, the quantum computer QC preferably comprises second means M2.

[0427] These second means M2 preferably serve firstly to manipulate the quantum state of the electronic quantum bit NV1 in the form of the electronic spin of the electron configuration of the paramagnetic center, in particular NV center NV1, by irradiating the paramagnetic center, in particular the NV center NV1, with microwave radiation.

[0428] These second means M2 preferably serve secondly to manipulate the couplings of the quantum state of the electronic spin of the electronic quantum bit NV1 of the paramagnetic center, in particular of the NV center NV1, with one or more of the respective nuclear spins of the respective nuclear quantum bits of the five nuclear quantum bits q0 to q4 by irradiating the electronic quantum bit of the paramagnetic center, in particular of the NV center NV1, with microwave and / or radio wave radiation and / or to manipulate the quantum state of one or more respective nuclear spins of the respective nuclear quantum bits of the five nuclear quantum bits q0 to q4 by irradiating the electronic quantum bit of the paramagnetic center, in particular of the NV center NV1, and the respective nuclear quantum bits of the five nuclear Quantum bits q0 to q4 with microwave and / or radio wave radiation.

[0429] Finally, the quantum computer QC again comprises third means M3 for reading the quantum state of the electronic quantum bit of the paramagnetic center, in particular of the NV center NV1, and optionally for reading the quantum state of one or more respective nuclear spins of the respective nuclear quantum bits of the five nuclear quantum bits q0 to q4 as one or more respective quantum states of one or more respective nuclear quantum bits q0 to q4. Again, the first means M1 and the third means M3 can be completely or partially identical.

[0430] As before, the method presented in this variant optionally uses the zeroth nuclear quantum bit qO as the zeroth quantum input bit of the five quantum bit quantum full adder gate.

[0431] As before, the method presented in this variant optionally uses the first nuclear quantum bit ql as the first quantum input bit of the five quantum bit quantum full adder gate.

[0432] As before, the method presented in this variant optionally uses the second nuclear quantum bit q2 as the quantum carry input bit of the five quantum bit quantum full adder gate.

[0433] The five quantum bit quantum full adder gate presented here is divided into the first gate group of an adder gate and a second gate group of a carry quantum bit calculation gate.

[0434] The method presented here in this variant begins with the first gate group of the adder gate, specifically with the execution of the first Hadamard gate (H) by the quantum computer QC as the first step of the adder gate. As before, the control device pC of the quantum computer QC executes the Hadamard gates using the other device components of the quantum computer QC when executing the quantum computer program code for the adder gate in the memory MEM of the control device pC, using either method A or method B.

[0435] The quantum computer-implemented method for executing the adder gate, when executed by the quantum computer QC, executes the first Hadamard gate (H) in method A in a first substep by executing 16020 the manipulation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit q3 using a TT / 2 pulse with a corresponding radio frequency pulse. Typically, the temporal duration of 2TI is related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit q3 as the sum result quantum bit Sum. The quantum computer-implemented method for executing the adder gate, when executed by the quantum computer QC, executes the first Hadamard gate (H) in method A in a second substep by executing an RZ(jt) gate 16030 on the third nuclear quantum bit q3 as the sum result quantum bit Sum.The quantum computer-implemented method for executing the adder gate, when executed by the quantum computer QC, executes the first Hadamard gate (H) in method B by performing 16020 manipulation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit q3 as the sum result quantum bit Sum using a TT / 2 pulse with a corresponding radio frequency pulse. Typically, the time duration of 2TI is related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit q3 as the sum result quantum bit Sum.

[0436] In the variant presented here, the method presented here also follows the execution of the 2TI gate 16040 on the electronic quantum bit, for example, as an Rx(2ji) gate on the electronic spin of the electron configuration of the NV center NV1 as an electronic quantum bit NV1 of the NV center NV1, using a corresponding microwave pulse. Here, the microwave frequency spectrum of the microwave pulse again comprises a correlated frequency group of microwave frequencies with an amplitude different from zero. This frequency group is configured such that the third nuclear quantum bit q3 is a neutralized nuclear quantum bit and the fourth nuclear quantum bit q4 is a neutralized nuclear quantum bit, thus not affecting the first electronic quantum bit NV1 during the 2TI pulse.

[0437] A first correlated microwave frequency f <moo| der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <11100| der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q4 korreliert.

[0438] A second correlated microwave frequency f <moi| der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <111011 der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q4 korreliert.

[0439] A third correlated microwave frequency f <nno| der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <11110| der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q4 korreliert.

[0440] A fourth correlated microwave frequency f <nni| der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <111111 der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q4 korreliert.

[0441] A fifth correlated microwave frequency f <ioooo| der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <10000| der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q4 korreliert.

[0442] A sixth correlated microwave frequency f <ioooi| der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <100011 der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q4 korreliert.

[0443] A seventh correlated microwave frequency f <iooio| der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <10010| der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q4 korreliert.

[0444] An eighth correlated microwave frequency f <iooii| der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <100111 der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q4 korreliert.

[0445] A ninth correlated microwave frequency f <oiooo| der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <010001 der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q4 korreliert.

[0446] A tenth correlated microwave frequency f <oiooi| der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <010011 der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q4 korreliert.

[0447] An eleventh correlated microwave frequency f <oioio| der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <01010| der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q4 korreliert.

[0448] A twelfth correlated microwave frequency f <oioii| der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <010111 der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q4 korreliert.

[0449] A thirteenth correlated microwave frequency f <ooioo| der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <001001 der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q4 korreliert.

[0450] A fourteenth correlated microwave frequency f <ooioi| der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <001011 der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q4 korreliert.

[0451] A fifteenth correlated microwave frequency f <oono| der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <001101 der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q4 korreliert.

[0452] A sixteenth correlated microwave frequency f <oom| der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <001111 der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q4 korreliert.

[0453] The state of the electronic quantum bit NV1 is influenced by the microwave radiation with the correlated frequency group precisely when the state, when the state of the three non-neutralized nuclear quantum bits q0 to q2 corresponds to the state <1111 or the state <1001 or the state <0101 or the state <0011.

[0454] The method presented here in this variant continues the process by executing a second Hadamard gate (H) by the quantum computer QC. As before, the control device pC of the quantum computer QC executes the Hadamard gates according to method A or method B by means of the other device parts of the quantum computer QC when executing the quantum computer program code for the adder gate in the memory MEM of the control device pC.

[0455] The quantum computer-implemented method for executing the adder gate, when executed by the quantum computer QC, executes the first Hadamard gate (H) in method A in a first substep by executing 16050 the manipulation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit q3 using a TI / 2 pulse with a corresponding radio frequency pulse. Typically, the time duration of 2TI is related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit q3 as the sum result quantum bit Sum. The quantum computer-implemented method for executing the adder gate, when executed by the quantum computer QC, executes the first Hadamard gate (H) in method A in a second substep by executing an RZ(jt) gate 16060 on the third nuclear quantum bit q3 as the sum result quantum bit Sum.The quantum computer-implemented method for executing the adder gate, when executed by the quantum computer QC, executes the first Hadamard gate (H) in method B by performing 16050 manipulation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit q3 as the sum-result quantum bit Sum using a -TI / 2 pulse with a corresponding radio frequency pulse. Typically, the temporal duration of 2TI is related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit q3 as the sum-result quantum bit Sum.

[0456] In contrast to the preceding gates, a second gate for calculating the quantum carry bit now follows. The method proposed in the variant presented here therefore includes the execution of a carry quantum bit calculation gate as the second gate group.

[0457] The control device pC of the quantum computer QC begins the execution of the second gate group of the five-quantum-bit quantum full adder gate again by executing a third Hadamar gate (H). The execution of the third Hadamard gate (H) by the quantum computer QC is preferably carried out in a first subgate by executing the manipulation of the fourth nuclear spin of the fourth nuclear quantum bit q4 as a carry-out quantum bit using a TI / 2 pulse by means of a corresponding radio frequency pulse. Typically, the duration of 2TI is related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the fourth nuclear spin of the fourth nuclear quantum bit q4.

[0458] The execution of the third Hadamard gate (H) by the quantum computer QC is then preferably carried out in a second subgate by executing 16080 an RZ(ji) gate on the fourth nuclear spin of the fourth nuclear quantum bit q4 as a carry-out quantum bit.

[0459] As before, the control device pC of the quantum computer QC executes the Hadamard gates according to a method A or a method B by means of the other device parts of the quantum computer QC when executing the quantum computer program code for the carry quantum bit calculation gate in the memory MEM of the control device pC.

[0460] The quantum computer-implemented method for executing the carry quantum bit calculation gate, when executed by the quantum computer QC, executes the third Hadamard gate (H) in method A in a first substep by executing 16070 the manipulation of the fourth nuclear spin of the fourth nuclear quantum bit q4 as a carry-out quantum bit using a TI / 2 pulse with a corresponding radio frequency pulse. Typically, the temporal duration of 2TI is related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the fourth nuclear spin of the fourth nuclear quantum bit q4 as a carry-out quantum bit. The quantum computer-implemented method for executing the carry quantum bit calculation gate, when executed by the quantum computer QC, executes the third Hadamard gate (H) in method A in a second substep by executing an RZ(ji) gate 16080 on the fourth nuclear quantum bit q4 as a carry-out quantum bit Carry out.The quantum computer-implemented method for executing the carry quantum bit calculation gate, when executed by the quantum computer QC, executes the third Hadamard gate (H) in method B by performing 16070 manipulation of the fourth nuclear spin of the fourth nuclear quantum bit q4 as a carry-out quantum bit using a TI / 2 pulse with a corresponding radio frequency pulse. Typically, the temporal duration of 2TI is related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the fourth nuclear spin of the fourth nuclear quantum bit q4 as a carry-out quantum bit.

[0461] In the variant presented here, the method presented here also involves the execution of the 2TI gate 16090 on the electronic quantum bit, for example, as an Rx(2ji) gate on the electronic spin of the electron configuration of the NV center NV1 as an electronic quantum bit NV1 of the NV center NV1, using a corresponding microwave pulse. Here, the microwave frequency spectrum of the microwave pulse again comprises a correlated frequency group of microwave frequencies with an amplitude different from zero. This frequency group is configured such that the third nuclear quantum bit q3 is a neutralized nuclear quantum bit and the fourth nuclear quantum bit q4 is a neutralized nuclear quantum bit, thus not affecting the first electronic quantum bit NV1 during the 2TI pulse.

[0462] A first correlated microwave frequency f <moo| der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <11100| der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q4 korreliert.

[0463] A second correlated microwave frequency f <moi| der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <111011 der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q4 korreliert.

[0464] A third correlated microwave frequency f <nno| der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <11110| der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q4 korreliert.

[0465] A fourth correlated microwave frequency f <nni| der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <111111 der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q4 korreliert.

[0466] A first correlated microwave frequency f <ioioo| der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <10100| der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q4 korreliert.

[0467] A second correlated microwave frequency f <ioioi | der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <101011 der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q4 korreliert.

[0468] A third correlated microwave frequency f <iono| der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <10110| der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q4 korreliert.

[0469] A fourth correlated microwave frequency f <iom| der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Dabei ist <101111 der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q4 korreliert.

[0470] A first correlated microwave frequency f <onoo| der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <01100| der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q4 korreliert.

[0471] A second correlated microwave frequency f <011011 of the correlated frequency group is correlated with the state <011011 of the five nuclear spins of the five nuclear quantum bits q0 to q4.

[0472] A third correlated microwave frequency f <omo| der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <01110| der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q4 korreliert.

[0473] A fourth correlated microwave frequency (f <omi| der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <011111 der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q4 korreliert.

[0474] A first correlated microwave frequency f <nooo| der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <11000| der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q4 korreliert.

[0475] A second correlated microwave frequency f <nooi| der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <110011 der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q4 korreliert.

[0476] A third correlated microwave frequency f <noio| der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <11010| der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q4 korreliert.

[0477] A fourth correlated microwave frequency f <non| der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <110111 der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q4 korreliert.

[0478] The state of the electronic quantum bit (NV1) is influenced by the microwave radiation with the correlated frequency group exactly when the state of the three non-neutralized nuclear quantum bits qO to q2 corresponds to the state <1111 or the state <1011 or the state <0111 or the state <1101.

[0479] As before, the control device pC of the quantum computer QC executes the Hadamard gates according to a method A or a method B by means of the other device parts of the quantum computer QC when executing the quantum computer program code for the carry quantum bit calculation gate in the memory MEM of the control device pC.

[0480] The quantum computer-implemented method for executing the carry quantum bit calculation gate, when executed by the quantum computer QC, executes the fourth Hadamard gate (H) in method A in a first substep by performing 16100 the manipulation of the fourth nuclear spin of the fourth nuclear quantum bit q4 as a carry-out quantum bit using a TT / 2 pulse with a corresponding radio frequency pulse. Typically, the temporal duration of 2TI is related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the fourth nuclear spin of the fourth nuclear quantum bit q4 as a carry-out quantum bit. The quantum computer-implemented method for executing the carry quantum bit calculation gate, when executed by the quantum computer QC, executes the fourth Hadamard gate (H) in method A in a second substep by executing an RZ(ji) gate 16110 on the fourth nuclear quantum bit q4 as a carry-out quantum bit Carry out.The quantum computer-implemented method for executing the carry-out quantum bit calculation gate, when executed by the quantum computer QC, executes the fourth Hadamard gate (H) in method B by performing 16100 manipulation of the fourth nuclear spin of the fourth nuclear quantum bit q4 as a carry-out quantum bit using a TT / 2 pulse with a corresponding radio frequency pulse. Typically, the time duration is 2TI relative to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the fourth nuclear spin of the fourth nuclear quantum bit q4 as a carry-out quantum bit.

[0481] Optionally, the process performed by the quantum computer QC or a subsequent process performed by the quantum computer QC may then use the third nuclear quantum bit q3 as the sum result quantum bit Sum of the five quantum bit quantum full adder gate.

[0482] Optionally, the process performed by the quantum computer QC or a subsequent process performed by the quantum computer QC can then use the fourth nuclear quantum bit q4 as the carry-out quantum bit carry out of the five quantum bit quantum full adder gate.

[0483] Preferably, the computer core CPU of the control device pC of the quantum computer QC executes the associated quantum computer program code in the memory MEM of the control device pC of the quantum computer QC when executing the quantum computer-implemented method explained above and, in doing so, manipulates the device components of the addressed quantum ALUs of the quantum ALUs (QS1, QS2) of the quantum processor QPROZ of the quantum computer QC.The document presented here also discloses a quantum computer program product in a memory, the content of which comprises a quantum computer program code for a quantum computer program or a quantum computer subprogram, which is configured to be mechanically or data-technically connected to the control device pC, so that ultimately the quantum computer program code can either be executed in whole or in part by the control device pC of the quantum computer QC or can be transferred in whole or in part to the memory MEM of the quantum computer QC.

[0484] Variant 4.5 (four quantum bit quantum full adder gates)

[0485] Fourth, the document presented here continues the description of several adder variants as special cases of the variants previously described in variants 1.1 to 3.6, with a simple four-quantum-bit quantum full adder gate, with a quantum carry input bit, and with a quantum carry output bit. The text presented here also refers to Figure 12.

[0486] As before, the quantum computer-implemented method presented here begins with the provision 17010 of a suitable quantum computer QC, which is configured to be able to execute the method presented here in the variant presented here except for the step of providing itself.

[0487] The quantum computer QC again comprises a paramagnetic center, in particular an NV center NV1, with an electronic spin of the electron configuration of the paramagnetic center, in particular of the NV center NV1 in diamond, as the electronic quantum bit NV1 of the quantum computer QC. The quantum computer QC now comprises, for example, four nuclear quantum bits q0 to q3. The four nuclear quantum bits q0 to q3 can typically have at least four respective nuclear spins, of isotopes with a magnetic moment and / or in particular of 13C isotopes in diamond, as respective nuclear quantum bits qO to q3 of the four nuclear quantum bits qO to q3. In particular, the four nuclear quantum bits qO to q3 can comprise at least one nuclear spin of an atom with a magnetic moment, which is a component of the electronic quantum bit NV1 in the form of the paramagnetic center NV1 and which can in particular be a nitrogen atom of the NV center NV1 in diamond, as a nuclear quantum bit of the four nuclear quantum bits qO to q3. In order to be able to form a quantum aluminum QS1 in the substrate D of the quantum computer QC, these four nuclear quantum bits qO to q3 can each be individually coupled to the said electronic quantum bit NV1 of the quantum computer QC.

[0488] The quantum computer QC preferably again comprises first means M1. These first means M1 preferably serve the quantum computer QC or the control device pC of the quantum computer QC when executing the quantum computer program codes of a quantum computer program, which are stored in a memory MEM of the control device pC, for forming or initializing the electronic quantum bit NV1 (spin of the paramagnetic center NV1 of the first quantum ALU QS1). The control device pC of the quantum computer QC is preferably configured to, by means of other device parts of the quantum computer QC, in particular by means of irradiation of a pump radiation pulse of the pump radiation LB with a pump radiation wavelength pmp into the first electronic quantum bit NV1 of the first quantum ALU QS1 of the quantum computer QC. The document presented here refers in particular to the documents WO 2021 083 448 A1, WO 2020 260 640 A1, WO 2021 018 654 A1, WO 2022 228 613 A1, WO 2023 170054 A1, as well as to the PCT application with WIPO file number PCT / EP2024 / 073 495, which was not yet published at the time of filing this document. As before, the quantum computer QC preferably comprises second means M2.

[0489] These second means M2 preferably serve firstly to manipulate the quantum state of the electronic quantum bit NV1 in the form of the electronic spin of the electron configuration of the paramagnetic center, in particular NV center NV1, by irradiating the paramagnetic center, in particular the NV center NV1, with microwave radiation.

[0490] These second means M2 preferably serve secondly to manipulate the couplings of the quantum state of the electronic spin of the electronic quantum bit NV1 of the paramagnetic center, in particular of the NV center NV1, with one or more of the respective nuclear spins of the respective nuclear quantum bits of the four nuclear quantum bits q0 to q3 by irradiating the electronic quantum bit of the paramagnetic center, in particular of the NV center NV1, with microwave and / or radio wave radiation and / or to manipulate the quantum state of one or more respective nuclear spins of the respective nuclear quantum bits of the four nuclear quantum bits q0 to q3 by irradiating the electronic quantum bit of the paramagnetic center, in particular of the NV center NV1, and the respective nuclear quantum bits of the four nuclear Quantum bits q0 to q3 with microwave and / or radio wave radiation.

[0491] Finally, the quantum computer QC again comprises third means M3 for reading the quantum state of the electronic quantum bit of the paramagnetic center, in particular of the NV center NV1, and optionally for reading the quantum state of one or more respective nuclear spins of the respective nuclear quantum bits of the four nuclear quantum bits q0 to q3 as one or more respective quantum states of one or more respective nuclear quantum bits q0 to q3. Again, the first means M1 and the third means M3 can be completely or partially identical.

[0492] As before, the method presented in this variant optionally uses the zeroth nuclear quantum bit qO as the zeroth quantum input bit of the five quantum bit quantum full adder gate.

[0493] As before, the method presented in this variant optionally uses the first nuclear quantum bit ql as the first quantum input bit of the five quantum bit quantum full adder gate.

[0494] As before, the method presented in this variant optionally uses the second nuclear quantum bit q2 as the quantum carry input bit of the five quantum bit quantum full adder gate.

[0495] The four quantum bit quantum full adder gate presented here is again divided into the first gate group of an adder gate and a second gate group of a carry quantum bit calculation gate.

[0496] The method presented here in this variant begins with the first gate group of the adder gate, specifically with the execution of the first Hadamard gate (H) by the quantum computer QC as the first step of the adder gate. As before, the control device pC of the quantum computer QC executes the Hadamard gates using the other device components of the quantum computer QC when executing the quantum computer program code for the adder gate in the memory MEM of the control device pC, using either method A or method B.

[0497] The quantum computer-implemented method for executing the adder gate, when executed by the quantum computer QC, executes the first Hadamard gate (H) in method A in a first substep by executing 17020 the manipulation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit q3 using a TI / 2 pulse with a corresponding radio frequency pulse. Typically, the time duration of 2TI is related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit q3 as the sum result quantum bit Sum. The quantum computer-implemented method for executing the adder gate, when executed by the quantum computer QC, executes the first Hadamard gate (H) in method A in a second substep by executing an RZ(jt) gate 17030 on the third nuclear quantum bit q3 as the sum result quantum bit Sum.The quantum computer-implemented method for executing the adder gate, when executed by the quantum computer QC, executes the first Hadamard gate (H) in method B by performing 17020 the manipulation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit q3 as the sum-result quantum bit Sum using a TI / 2 pulse with a corresponding radio frequency pulse. Typically, the temporal duration of 2TI is related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit q3 as the sum-result quantum bit Sum.

[0498] In the variant presented here, the method presented here also involves the execution of the 2TI gate 17040 on the electronic quantum bit, for example, as an Rx(2ji) gate on the electronic spin of the electron configuration of the NV center NV1 as an electronic quantum bit NV1 of the NV center NV1, using a corresponding microwave pulse. The microwave frequency spectrum of the microwave pulse again comprises a correlated frequency group of microwave frequencies with an amplitude different from zero. This frequency group is configured so that the third nuclear quantum bit q3 is a neutralized nuclear quantum bit and thus does not influence the first electronic quantum bit NV1 during the 2ji pulse.

[0499] A first correlated microwave frequency f <nn| der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <11111 der vier nuklearen Spins der vier nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q3 korreliert.

[0500] A second correlated microwave frequency f <mo| der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <11101 der vier nuklearen Spins der vier nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q3 korreliert.

[0501] A third correlated microwave frequency f <iooo| der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <10001 der vier nuklearen Spins der vier nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q3 korreliert.

[0502] A fourth correlated microwave frequency f <iooi | der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <10001 der vier nuklearen Spins der vier nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q3 korreliert.

[0503] A fifth correlated microwave frequency f <oioo| der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <01001 der vier nuklearen Spins der vier nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q3 korreliert.

[0504] A sixth correlated microwave frequency f <oioi| der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <01011 der vier nuklearen Spins der vier nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q3 korreliert.

[0505] A seventh correlated microwave frequency f <ooio| der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <00101 der vier nuklearen Spins der vier nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q3 korreliert.

[0506] An eighth correlated microwave frequency f <oon | der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <00111 der vier nuklearen Spins der vier nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q3 korreliert.

[0507] The state of the electronic quantum bit NV1 is influenced by the microwave radiation with the correlated frequency group precisely when the state, when the state of the three non-neutralized nuclear quantum bits q0 to q2 corresponds to the state <1111 or the state <1001 or the state <0101 or the state <0011.

[0508] The method presented here in this variant continues the process by executing a second Hadamard gate (H) by the quantum computer QC. As before, the control device pC of the quantum computer QC executes the Hadamard gates according to method A or method B by means of the other device parts of the quantum computer QC when executing the quantum computer program code for the adder gate in the memory MEM of the control device pC.

[0509] The quantum computer-implemented method for executing the adder gate, when executed by the quantum computer QC, executes the first Hadamard gate (H) in method A in a first substep by executing 17050 the manipulation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit q3 using a TI / 2 pulse with a corresponding radio frequency pulse. Typically, the time duration of 2TI is related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit q3 as the sum result quantum bit Sum. The quantum computer-implemented method for executing the adder gate, when executed by the quantum computer QC, executes the first Hadamard gate (H) in method A in a second substep by executing an RZ(jt) gate 17060 on the third nuclear quantum bit q3 as the sum result quantum bit Sum.The quantum computer-implemented method for executing the adder gate, when executed by the quantum computer QC, executes the first Hadamard gate (H) in method B by performing 17050 manipulation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit q3 as the sum-result quantum bit Sum using a -TI / 2 pulse with a corresponding radio frequency pulse. Typically, the temporal duration of 2TI is related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit q3 as the sum-result quantum bit Sum.

[0510] In contrast to the preceding gates, a second gate for calculating the quantum carry bit now follows. The method proposed in the variant presented here therefore includes the execution of a carry quantum bit calculation gate as the second gate group.

[0511] The control device pC of the quantum computer QC begins the execution of the second gate group of the four-quantum-bit quantum full adder gate again by executing a third Hadamar gate (H). The execution of the third Hadamard gate (H) by the quantum computer QC is preferably carried out in a first subgate by executing 17070 the manipulation of the second nuclear spin of the second nuclear quantum bit q2 as a carry-out quantum bit using a TI / 2 pulse by means of a corresponding radio frequency pulse. Typically, the duration of 2TI is related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the second nuclear spin of the second nuclear quantum bit q2.

[0512] The execution of the third Hadamard gate (H) by the quantum computer QC then preferably occurs in a second subgate by executing an RZ(ji) gate on the second nuclear spin of the second nuclear quantum bit q2 as a carry-out quantum bit. As before, the control device pC of the quantum computer QC executes the Hadamard gates according to method A or method B by means of the other device parts of the quantum computer QC when executing the quantum computer program code for the carry quantum bit calculation gate in the memory MEM of the control device pC.

[0513] The quantum computer-implemented method for executing the carry quantum bit calculation gate, when executed by the quantum computer QC, executes the third Hadamard gate (H) in method A in a first substep by performing 17070 the manipulation of the second nuclear spin of the second nuclear quantum bit q2 as a carry-out quantum bit using a TI / 2 pulse with a corresponding radio frequency pulse. Typically, the temporal duration of 2TI is related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the second nuclear spin of the second nuclear quantum bit q2 as a carry-out quantum bit. The quantum computer-implemented method for executing the carry quantum bit calculation gate, when executed by the quantum computer QC, executes the third Hadamard gate (H) in method A in a second substep by executing an RZ(ji) gate 17080 on the second nuclear quantum bit q2 as a carry-out quantum bit Carry out.The quantum computer-implemented method for executing the carry-out quantum bit calculation gate, when executed by the quantum computer QC, executes the third Hadamard gate (H) in method B by performing 17070 the manipulation of the second nuclear spin of the second nuclear quantum bit q2 as a carry-out quantum bit using a TI / 2 pulse with a corresponding radio frequency pulse. Typically, the temporal duration of 2TI is related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the fourth nuclear spin of the fourth nuclear quantum bit q4 as a carry-out quantum bit.

[0514] In the variant presented here, the method presented here also involves the execution of the 2TI gate 17090 on the electronic quantum bit, for example, as an Rx(2ji) gate on the electronic spin of the electron configuration of the NV center NV1 as an electronic quantum bit NV1 of the NV center NV1, using a corresponding microwave pulse. Here, the microwave frequency spectrum of the microwave pulse again comprises a correlated frequency group of microwave frequencies with an amplitude different from zero. This frequency group is configured so that the second nuclear quantum bit q2 is a neutralized nuclear quantum bit and thus does not influence the first electronic quantum bit NV1 during the 2ji pulse.

[0515] The microwave pulse has a duration of 2TI, the period of the Rabi oscillation of the spin of the electron configuration of the first paramagnetic center, in particular of the first NV center NV1 of the first electronic quantum bit NV1. The microwave frequency spectrum of the microwave pulse comprises a correlated frequency group with an amplitude different from zero, which is configured to make the second nuclear quantum bit q2 a neutralized nuclear quantum bit.

[0516] A first correlated microwave frequency f <oooi| der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <00011 der vier nuklearen Spins der vier nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q3 korreliert.

[0517] A second correlated microwave frequency f <oon | der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <00111 der vier nuklearen Spins der vier nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q3 korreliert.

[0518] A third correlated microwave frequency f <noo| der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <11001 der vier nuklearen Spins der vier nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q3 korreliert.

[0519] A fourth correlated microwave frequency f <mo| der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <11101 der vier nuklearen Spins der vier nuklearen Quantenbits qO bis q3 korreliert.

[0520] The state of the electronic quantum bit NV1 is thus influenced by the microwave radiation with the correlated frequency group if and only if the state of the three non-neutralized nuclear quantum bits (qO, ql, q3) corresponds to the state <0011 or the state <1101.

[0521] As before, the control device pC of the quantum computer QC executes the Hadamard gates according to a method A or a method B by means of the other device parts of the quantum computer QC when executing the quantum computer program code for the carry quantum bit calculation gate in the memory MEM of the control device pC.

[0522] The quantum computer-implemented method for executing the carry quantum bit calculation gate, when executed by the quantum computer QC, executes the fourth Hadamard gate (H) in method A in a first substep by performing 17100 the manipulation of the second nuclear spin of the second nuclear quantum bit q2 as a carry-out quantum bit using a TI / 2 pulse with a corresponding radio frequency pulse. Typically, the duration of 2TI is related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the second nuclear spin of the second nuclear quantum bit q2 as a carry-out quantum bit. The quantum computer-implemented method for executing the carry quantum bit calculation gate, when executed by the quantum computer QC, executes the fourth Hadamard gate (H) in method A in a second substep by executing an RZ(ji) gate 17110 on the second nuclear quantum bit q2 as a carry-out quantum bit Carry out.The quantum computer-implemented method for executing the carry-out quantum bit calculation gate, when executed by the quantum computer QC, executes the fourth Hadamard gate (H) in method B by performing 17100 the manipulation of the second nuclear spin of the second nuclear quantum bit q2 as a carry-out quantum bit using a TT / 2 pulse with a corresponding radio frequency pulse. Typically, the time duration of 2TI is related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the fourth nuclear spin of the second nuclear quantum bit q2 as a carry-out quantum bit.

[0523] Preferably, the computer core CPU of the control device pC of the quantum computer QC executes the associated quantum computer program code in the memory MEM of the control device pC of the quantum computer QC when executing the quantum computer-implemented method explained above and, in doing so, manipulates the device components of the addressed quantum ALUs of the quantum ALUs (QS1, QS2) of the quantum processor QPROZ of the quantum computer QC.The document presented here also discloses a quantum computer program product in a memory, the content of which comprises a quantum computer program code for a quantum computer program or a quantum computer subprogram, which is configured to be mechanically or data-technically connected to the control device pC, so that ultimately the quantum computer program code can either be executed in whole or in part by the control device pC of the quantum computer QC or can be transferred in whole or in part to the memory MEM of the quantum computer QC.

[0524] Optionally, the process performed by the quantum computer QC or a subsequent process performed by the quantum computer QC may then use the third nuclear quantum bit q3 as the sum result quantum bit Sum of the five quantum bit quantum full adder gate.

[0525] Optionally, the process performed by the quantum computer QC or a subsequent process performed by the quantum computer QC can then use the second nuclear quantum bit q2 as the carry-out quantum bit carry out of the five quantum bit quantum full adder gate.

[0526] Generation and use of quantum computer program code

[0527] Variant 5.1 (quantum compiler for "+" signs)

[0528] The document presented here now describes a computer-implemented method 18000 for generating a quantum computer program code of a quantum computer program and / or a quantum computer subroutine for executing a quantum computer-implemented method for simultaneously or executing one or more adder gates and logic gates, as described by way of example as variants 1.1 to 1.4 and 2.1 to 2.2 and 3.1 to 3.3 and 4.1 to 4.5.

[0529] The computer-implemented method can, but does not have to, be carried out by the control device pC of the quantum computer QC. It can also be carried out in whole or in part by another computer system (off-line). The computer-implemented method begins with the provision 18010 of a data file with a symbol sequence in the form of a text string of a source code. The source code is preferably human-readable. The text string therefore preferably comprises an ordered sequence of symbols that is ordered along a reading direction. The ordered sequence of symbols comprises a first ordered subsequence of symbols. This is typically a first quantum variable. The ordered sequence of symbols comprises a second ordered subsequence of symbols. This is preferably a symbol sequence for a quantum operator for linking two quantum variables.A quantum variable refers to a group of respective quantum bits, preferably respective nuclear quantum bits, whose respective content preferably represents a respective quantum value.

[0530] The second ordered subsequence does not overlap with the first ordered subsequence. The third ordered subsequence does not overlap with the first ordered subsequence. The third ordered subsequence does not overlap with the second ordered subsequence. The order of the three subsequences in the reading direction in the text string of the source code is either

[0531] • first ordered subsequence, third ordered subsequence, second ordered subsequence (e.g. “A","B" ,"+") or

[0532] • first ordered subsequence, second ordered subsequence, third ordered subsequence (e.g. “A","+","B”) or

[0533] • second ordered subsequence, first ordered subsequence, third ordered subsequence (e.g. "+", "A", "B").

[0534] Preferably, the order is the same for all triples of the first ordered subsequence, second ordered subsequence, and third ordered subsequence within a source code. To encode the addition, the second ordered subsequence of symbols preferably includes the symbol for a "+" sign to symbolize quantum addition. The document presented here also discloses the use of other symbols for other operations. Examples for the operation AB=C: "x" for quantum multiplication (e.g., CCAND gate), " / " for quantum division (e.g., CCNOR). Therefore, the "+" in the claims also stands for other operations, in which case the corresponding adder gate in the claims would then be replaced by this operation, which would correspond to the corresponding symbol.The first ordered subsequence of symbols typically represents at least p nuclear quantum bits of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qn used by the one or more adder gates and defines as a first quantum input variable A of a quantum computer-implemented method for executing one or more adder gates according to one or more of the methods 4.2 to 4.4.The third ordered subsequence of symbols comprises, according to the technical teaching of the document presented here, at least q nuclear quantum bits of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qn used by the one or more adder gates encoded with the "+" sign during its execution and which are different from the p nuclear quantum bits of the first quantum input variable A, as a second quantum input variable B of a quantum computer-implemented method for executing one or more adder gates according to one or more of the variants 4.2 to 4.4.

[0535] After providing the source code, which can also be done by humans if necessary, the source code is parsed 18020 using a computer-implemented process. Typically, the source code is analyzed, and syntax errors are detected and output. Typically, this is followed by identifying 18030 the p nuclear quantum bits of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits q0 to qn that are part of the first input quantum variable A. Furthermore, the q nuclear quantum bits of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits q0 to qn that are part of the second input quantum variable B are also typically identified 18040. The latter are typically different from the previous ones. The number r of necessary nuclear quantum bits of an initial quantum variable C is also determined. It is conceivable to specify the order of the last three steps differently.This is followed by the determination of 40060 of the r nuclear quantum bits of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qn) that are part of the output quantum variable C. This completes the allocation of the quantum bits of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits qO to qn.

[0536] For the efficient determination of the necessary frequencies among the 2 n+1Microwave frequencies f <ooo...o| bis f<m...i I für die 27i-Pulse auf das erste elektronische Quantenbit NV1 ist es sinnvoll, dass das hier vorgestellte computerimplementierte Verfahren den Schritt des Ermittelns 18070 einer Wertetabelle für die logische Verknüpfung von A und B, die in C abgelegt werden soll, hier die Verknüpfung A+B=C , durchführt. Hierbei steht „+" beispielhaft für einen Operator, der bei seiner Ausführung durch den Quantencomputer QC mittels eines der oben beispielhaft angegebenen Gatter die beiden Quantenvariablen A und B mittels eines oder mehrerer Quantengatter miteinander verknüpft. Vorzugsweise handelt es bei dem Quantengatter sich um eine Quantenaddition, die ein oder mehrere der oben beschriebenen Addierer-Gatter 4.2 bis 4.5 umfasst. Auf der Basis dieser Wertetabelle kann das computerimplementierte Verfahren dann festlegen 18080, welche Mikrowellenfrequenzen der 2 n+1Microwave frequencies f <ooo...o| bis f<m...i| für die 2ji-Pulse auf das erste elektronische Quantenbit NV1 notwendig sind. Vorzugsweise erzeugt 18090 daher das computerimplementierte Verfahren ein oder mehrere Frequenzvektoren für die Verwendung bei der Ausführung eines oder mehrerer 2ji-Gatter auf ein oder mehrere elektronische Quantenbits NV1, NV2 ein oder mehrerer Quanten-Alus QS1, QS2. Vorzugsweise führt das computerimplementierte Verfahren ein Ermitteln 18100 der jeweils zu verwendenden Frequenzgruppen mit den zu verwendenden Mikrowellenfrequenzen und der Anzahl und Reihenfolge und Verknüpfung der auszuführenden Addierer-Gatter und der durch die jeweiligen Addierer-Gatter anzusprechenden jeweiligen elektronischen Quantenbits NV1, NV2, die bei abfolgerichtigen und verknüpfungsrichtigen Ausführung der jeweiligen Addierer-Gatter diese Wertetabelle realisieren, aus.The penultimate step then preferably involves generating 18110 a compiled quantum computer program code that can be executed and stored in the memory MEM of the control device pC of the quantum computer QC, in particular as a sequence of control commands for the control device pC of the quantum computer QC and of control data for the control device pC of the quantum computer QC, which together in particular include the information about the respective frequency groups to be used with the microwave frequencies to be used and about the number and the sequence and the linking of the adder gates to be executed and about the respective electronic quantum bits NV1, NV2 to be addressed by the respective adder gates.

[0537] The final step is to provide the compiled quantum computer program code. 18120 Variant 5.2 (Executing the quantum computer program code)

[0538] Finally, the document presented here describes the execution of a quantum computer-implemented method for using a quantum computer program code of a quantum computer program and / or a quantum computer subprogram for executing a quantum computer-implemented method for the simultaneous or multiple execution of one or more adder gates, in particular according to one or more of the variants 4.2 to 4.5. The quantum computer program code can be, for example, a quantum computer program code as generated, for example, in a method of variant 5.1. The method typically begins with the provision of a compiled quantum computer program code, which can be done mechanically or manually. Furthermore, the method comprises the provision of a quantum computer QC corresponding to the provision of a quantum computer QC according to one of the variants 1.1 to 4.5.This is followed by loading the compiled quantum computer program code into a memory MEM of the control device pC of the quantum computer QC. This is followed by the execution of the compiled quantum computer program code by the control device pC of the quantum computer QC, possibly using additional device components of the quantum computer (QC), and thereby the execution of at least one adder gate according to one of the methods 4.2 to 4.5 by the quantum computer QC.

[0539] Algebraic operation with 4 quantum bit quantum full adder

[0540] General description

[0541] Now, it is desirable to use as few quantum bits as possible to implement a quantum computer-implemented method for executing a quantum full adder gate. While developing the quantum computer-implemented method proposed here for executing a four-quantum-bit quantum full adder gate, the authors realized that a reduction of one nuclear quantum bit is possible.

[0542] In this case, the proposed quantum computer QC can realize the quantum-computer-implemented method for executing a four-quantum-bit quantum full adder gate even with only four nuclear quantum bits q0, q1, q2, q3 and the electronic quantum bit of the electronic spin of the electron configuration of the NV center NV1. This is possible if the quantum computer QC replaces the preferably nuclear carry-in quantum bit (q3 in Figure 12) with the nuclear carry-out quantum bit (q4 in Figure 12). As shown in Fig. 29, when executing such a modified quantum computer-implemented method for executing a four quantum bit quantum full adder gate, the quantum computer QC includes the result of the first execution of the first quantum computer-implemented method for executing a first CCCNOT gate in the calculation of the carry-out quantum bit.To do this, the quantum computer QC, for example, first executes the first quantum computer-implemented method for executing a first CCCNOT gate on the third quantum bit q3, as described above. Up to this point, the sequence corresponds to the sequence in Figure 13. However, now, for example, the quantum computer QC executes the second quantum computer-implemented method for executing a second CCCNOT gate, now in contrast to Figure 13, also on the third quantum bit q3, as described above. This erases the quantum state of the carry-in quantum bit—here, the nuclear quantum bit q3—and replaces it with the quantum state of the carry-out quantum bit.

[0543] The use of the nuclear quantum bits qO, ql, q2, q3 can be interchanged in functionally equivalent embodiments of the quantum computer-implemented method for executing a four quantum bit quantum full adder gate.

[0544] Quantum computer-implemented method for executing a four quantum bit quantum full adder gate

[0545] The quantum computer-implemented method for executing a four quantum bit quantum full adder gate preferably comprises the steps:

[0546] Providing a quantum computer QC, wherein the quantum computer comprises an NV center NV1 with an electronic spin of the electron configuration of the NV center NV1 in diamond as an electronic quantum bit of the quantum computer QC and with a nuclear spin of the nitrogen atom of this NV center NV1 in diamond as the zeroth nuclear quantum bit qO, and wherein the quantum computer QC comprises at least four respective nuclear spins as respective nuclear quanta q1, q2, q3, q4, and wherein these four nuclear quantum bits q1, q2, q3, q4 are each individually coupleable to said electronic quantum bit of the quantum computer QC, and wherein the zeroth nuclear quantum bit qO is coupleable to the electronic quantum bit of the quantum computer QC, and wherein the quantum computer QC comprises first means Ml for forming orInitializing the electronic spin of the electron configuration of the NV center NV1 by irradiating a pump radiation pulse of the pump radiation LB with the pump radiation wavelength. pmp into which the electronic quantum bit of the NV center NV1 comprises and wherein the quantum computer QC comprises second means M2 for firstly manipulating the quantum state of the electronic quantum bit of the NV center NV1 by irradiating the NV center NV1 with microwave radiation and secondly for manipulating the couplings of the quantum state of the electronic spin of the electronic quantum bit of the NV center NV1 with one or more of the respective nuclear spins of the respective nuclear quantum bits of the nuclear quantum bits q0, q1, q2, q3, q4 by irradiating the electronic quantum bit of the NV center NV1 with microwave and / or radio wave radiation and / or for manipulating the quantum state of one or more respective nuclear spins of the respective nuclear quantum bits of the nuclear Quantum bits qO, ql, q2, q3, q4 by irradiating the electronic quantum bit of the NV center NV1 and the respective nuclear quantum bits of the nuclear quantum bits qO, ql,q2, q3, q4 with microwave and / or radio wave radiation, and wherein the quantum computer QC comprises third means M3 for reading the quantum state of the electronic quantum bit of the NV center NV1 and optionally for reading the quantum state of one or more respective nuclear spins of the respective nuclear quantum bits of the nuclear quantum bits q0, q1, q2, q3, q4 as one or more respective quantum states of one or more respective nuclear quantum bits, and wherein the first means M1 and the third means M3 may be wholly or partially identical.

[0547] The proposed procedure further includes the following steps:

[0548] Executing a Hadamard gate (H) by performing the manipulation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit q3 as a sum result quantum bit Sum by means of a TI / 2 pulse (relative to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit q3 as a sum result quantum bit Sum) by means of a corresponding radio frequency pulse;

[0549] Implementation of an RZ(ji) gate on the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit q3 as a sum result quantum bit Sum (for example by means of Ry(ji / 2) on the zeroth nuclear spin of the zeroth nuclear quantum bit q0 and for example by means of Ry(TI / 2) on the first nuclear spin of the first nuclear quantum bit q1 and for example by means of Ry(ji / 2) on the second nuclear spin of the second nuclear quantum bit q2 and for example by means of Rx(jt) on t...

Claims

1. Claims to basic gates Claim 1.1 1.

1. A quantum computer-implemented method (10000) for executing a multi-qubit gate, comprising the steps: Providing (10010) a quantum computer (QC), wherein the quantum computer (QC) comprises a paramagnetic center, in particular an NV center (NV1), with an electronic spin of the electron configuration of the paramagnetic center, in particular of the NV center (NV1) in diamond, as an electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the quantum computer (QC), and wherein the quantum computer (QC) comprises n+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qn), with n as a positive integer greater than or equal to 1, and wherein the n+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qn) comprise at least n respective nuclear spins of isotopes with a magnetic moment and / or in particular of 13C isotopes in diamond, as respective nuclear quantum bits (qO to qn) and wherein in particular the n+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qn) can comprise at least one nuclear spin of an atom of the paramagnetic center (NV1) with a magnetic moment, in particular a nuclear spin of the nitrogen atom of this NV center (NV1) in diamond, as a nuclear quantum bit of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qn) and wherein these n+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qn) are each individually coupleable to the said electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the quantum computer (QC) and wherein the quantum computer (QC) has first means (Ml) for forming or initializing the electronic spin of the electron configuration of the paramagnetic center, in particular of the NV center (NV1), by means of an irradiation of a pump radiation pulse of the pump radiation (LB) with the pump radiation wavelength (X pmp) into which the electronic quantum bit of the paramagnetic center, in particular the NV center (NV1), and wherein the quantum computer (QC) comprises second means (M2) for firstly manipulating the quantum state of the electronic quantum bit (NV1) in the form of the electronic spin of the electron configuration of the paramagnetic center, in particular the NV center (NV1), by irradiating the paramagnetic center, in particular the NV center (NV1), with microwave radiation and secondly for manipulating the couplings of the quantum state of the electronic spin of the electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the paramagnetic center, in particular the NV center (NV1), with one or more of the respective nuclear spins of the respective nuclear quantum bits of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits (q0 to qn) by irradiating the electronic quantum bit of the paramagnetic center, in particular of the NV Center (NV1),with microwave and / or radio wave radiation and / or for manipulating the quantum state of one or more respective nuclear spins of the respective nuclear quantum bits of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qn) by irradiating the electronic quantum bit of the paramagnetic center, in particular the NV center (NV1), and the respective nuclear quantum bits of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qn) with microwave and / or radio wave radiation, and wherein the quantum computer (QC) comprises third means (M3) for reading out the quantum state of the electronic quantum bit of the paramagnetic center, in particular the NV center (NV1),and optionally for reading out the quantum state of one or more respective nuclear spins of the respective nuclear quantum bits of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits (q0 to qn) as one or more respective quantum states of one or more respective nuclear quantum bits (q0 to qn), and wherein the first means (M1) and the third means (M3) may be entirely or partially identical; optionally using nuclear quantum bits of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits (q0 to qn) as quantum input bits of the multi-qubit gate;, Implementation of a first Hadamard gate (H) wherein the multi-qubit gate executes the Hadamard gates according to a method A or according to a method B, and wherein the multi-qubit gate executes the first Hadamard gate (H) in the method A by executing (10020) the manipulation of the nuclear spin of a neutralized nuclear quantum bit (e.g., q3) of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits (q0 to qn), hereinafter referred to as the nuclear quantum gate output bit, by means of a TI / 2 pulse (related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the nuclear spin of the nuclear quantum gate output bit (e.g., q3)) by means of a corresponding radio frequency pulse and by executing an RZ(ji) gate (10030), in particular by executing a virtual RZ(jt) gate (10030),on the quantum gate output bit (e.g. q3) and wherein the multi-qubit gate executes the first Hadamard gate (H) in method B by performing (10020) the manipulation of the nuclear spin of a neutralized nuclear quantum bit (e.g. q3) of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits (q0 to qn), hereinafter referred to as nuclear quantum gate output bit, by means of a TI / 2 pulse (related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the nuclear spin of the nuclear quantum gate output bit (e.g. q3)) by means of a corresponding radio frequency pulse and wherein the quantum output bit can be different from the quantum input bits but does not have to be; Implementation of a 2ji gate (10040) on the electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the paramagnetic center, in particular the NV center (NV1), by means of a microwave pulse,wherein the microwave pulse has a duration of 2TI of the period of the Rabi oscillation of the spin of the electron configuration of the first paramagnetic center, in particular of the first NV center (NV1) of the first electronic quantum bit (NV1), and wherein this microwave pulse is configured by means of its microwave pulse spectrum so that p nuclear quantum bits of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits (q0 to qn) influence the electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the paramagnetic center, in particular of the NV center (NV1), wherein l <p<n+l und p eine ganze positive Zahl ist, und dass n+l-p nukleare Quantenbits der n+1 nuklearen Quantenbits (qO bis qn) dabei das elektronische Quantenbit (NV1) des paramagnetischen Zentrums, insbesondere des NV-Zentrums (NV1), NICHT beeinflussen und wobei diese n+l-p nukleare Quantenbits der n+1 nuklearen Quantenbits (qO bis qn), die das elektronische Quantenbit (NV1) des paramagnetischen Zentrums, insbesondere des NV- Zentrums (NV1),DO NOT affect, are referred to hereinafter and in this claim as neutralized or neutralized nuclear quantum bits of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qn), and wherein these neutralized nuclear quantum bits of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qn) comprise the quantum gate output bit;, Execution of a second Hadamard gate (H), wherein the multi-qubit gate executes the second Hadamard gate (H) in method A by executing (10050) the manipulation of the nuclear spin of the nuclear quantum gate output bit (e.g. q3) by means of a TI / 2 pulse (typically related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the nuclear spin of the nuclear quantum gate output bit (e.g. q3)) by means of a corresponding radio frequency pulse and by executing an RZ(ji) gate (10060), in particular by executing a virtual RZ(jt) gate (10060), on the nuclear quantum gate output bit (e.g. q3), and wherein the multi-qubit gate executes the second Hadamard gate (H) in method B by executing (10050) the manipulation of the nuclear spin of a neutralized nuclear quantum bit (e.g.q3) of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits (q0 to qn), hereinafter referred to as nuclear quantum gate output bit, by means of a -TI / 2 pulse (related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the nuclear spin of the nuclear quantum gate output bit (e.g. q3)) by means of a corresponding radio frequency pulse. Claim 1.2 1.

2. Quantum computer-implemented method according to claim 1.1, wherein the microwave spectrum of the microwave pulse for executing the 2ji-gate (10030) has at least one microwave frequency, hereinafter referred to as correlated microwave frequency, with an amplitude different from zero, and wherein each of these correlated microwave frequencies is correlated with exactly one state vector of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits (q0 to qn), and wherein each state vector of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits (q0 to qn) is correlated with exactly one of these correlated microwave frequencies, and wherein each correlated microwave frequency has the property that when executing the 2ji-gate (10030) with a microwave pulse with exactly this respective correlated microwave frequency, in the presence of the state vector of the possible 2 n+1State vectors of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qn) at least as a partial state vector of the total state vector of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qn) leads to a manipulation of the electronic quantum bit (NV1). Claim 1.3 1.

3. Quantum computer-implemented method according to claim 1.2, wherein the microwave spectrum of the microwave pulse for executing the 2ji gate (10030) has at least two mutually different, correlated microwave frequencies with a respective amplitude different from zero, and wherein the at least two correlated microwave frequencies of at least one frequency group, hereinafter referred to as correlated frequency group, are different from one another and are selected such that the state of at least one nuclear quantum bit of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits (q0 to qn), hereinafter referred to as neutralized or neutralized nuclear quantum bits, does not influence the state of the electronic quantum bit (NV1) and / or wherein the at least four correlated microwave frequencies of at least one frequency group, hereinafter referred to as correlated frequency group, are different from one another and are selected such thatthat the state of at least two nuclear quantum bits of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qn), hereinafter referred to as neutralized or neutralized nuclear quantum bits, does not influence the state of the electronic quantum bit (NV1) and / or wherein the at least 2, k correlated microwave frequencies of at least one frequency group, hereinafter referred to as correlated frequency group, are different from one another and are selected such that the state of at least k nuclear quantum bits of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qn), hereinafter referred to as neutralized or neutralized nuclear quantum bits, does not influence the state of the electronic quantum bit (NV1), where l <k<n gilt und k eine ganze positiver Zahl ist. Claim 1.4 1.

4. Quantum computer-implemented method according to claim 1.3, wherein the at least 2 kcorrelated microwave frequencies of at least one frequency group, hereinafter referred to as correlated frequency group, are different from one another and are selected such that the state of k nuclear neutralized quantum bits of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qn) does NOT influence the state of the electronic quantum bit (NV1) and wherein the at least 2 k correlated microwave frequencies of at least one frequency group, hereinafter referred to as correlated frequency group, are different from one another and are selected such that the state of n+lk non-neutralized nuclear quantum bits of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qn) influences the state of the electronic quantum bit (NV1), and wherein these n+lk non-neutralized nuclear quantum bits of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qn) are hereinafter referred to as active nuclear quantum bits of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qn). Claim 1.5 1.

5. Quantum computer-implemented method according to one of claims 1.1 to 1.4, comprising the step of using one of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qn) as the quantum output bit of the multi-qubit gate (X) and / or quantum computer-implemented method according to claim 1.4, comprising the step of using one of the k nuclear neutralized quantum bits of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qn) as the quantum output bit of the multi-qubit gate (X) and / or Quantum computer-implemented method according to claim 1.4, comprising the step of using one of the k nuclear neutralized quantum bits of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qn) as a quantum output bit of the multi-qubit gate (X), wherein this used quantum bit is simultaneously an input quantum bit of the multi-qubit gate (X).

2. Claims to coupled gates with at least two quantum aluminums Claim 2.1 (direct coupling) 2.

1. A quantum computer-implemented method (11000) for executing an n-qu bit gate (Figures 13 & 19), comprising the steps Providing (11010) a quantum computer (QC), wherein the quantum computer (QC) comprises a first quantum Alu (QS1), and wherein the first quantum Alu (QS1) of the quantum computer (QC) comprises a first paramagnetic center (NV1), in particular a first NV center (NV1), of the first quantum Alu (QS1) with a first electronic spin of the first electron configuration of the first paramagnetic center, in particular of the first NV center (NV1) in diamond, as the first electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the first quantum Alu (QS1) of the quantum computer (QC), and wherein the first quantum Alu (QS1) of the quantum computer (QC) comprises nl+1 nuclear quantum bits (q0 to qnl) with nl as a positive integer greater than or equal to 0, and wherein the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qnl) of the first quantum Alu (QS1) of the quantum computer (QC) represent a nuclear spin of an atomic nucleus of an atom of the paramagnetic center, in particular of the nitrogen atom of this first NV center (NV1) in diamond,as a nuclear quantum bit of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qnl) of the first quantum Alu (QS1) of the quantum computer (QC) and wherein the quantum computer (QC) comprises at least nl nuclear spins of atomic nuclei of isotopes with a magnetic moment and / or in particular of, 13C isotopes in diamond as nuclear quantum bits of the first quantum Alu (QS1) of the quantum computer (QC) of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qnl) of the first quantum Alu (QS1) of the quantum computer (QC) and wherein these nl+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qnl) of the first quantum Alu (QS1) are coupleable to the electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the first quantum Alu (QS1) of the quantum computer (QC) and wherein the quantum computer (QC) comprises a second quantum Alu (QS2) and wherein the second quantum Alu (QS2) of the quantum computer (QC) has a second paramagnetic center (NV1), in particular a first NV center (NV2), the second quantum aluminum (QS2) with a second electronic spin of the second electron configuration of the second paramagnetic center, in particular the second NV center (NV2) in diamond,as a second electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the second quantum Alu (QS2) of the quantum computer (QC), and wherein the microwave resonance frequency of the second electronic quantum bit (NV2) differs from the microwave resonance frequency of the first electronic quantum bit (NV1), and wherein the first nuclear quantum bit (NV1) couples to the second nuclear quantum bit (NV2) by means of dipole / dipole coupling, and wherein the second quantum Alu (QS2) of the quantum computer (QC) comprises n2+l nuclear quantum bits (q0 to qn2) with n2 as a positive integer greater than or equal to 0, and wherein the n2+l nuclear quantum bits (q0 to qn2) of the second quantum Alu (QS2) of the quantum computer (QC) have a nuclear spin of an atomic nucleus of an atom of the paramagnetic center, in particular the nitrogen atom of this second NV center (NV2) in diamond,as a nuclear quantum bit of the n2+l nuclear quantum bits (qO to qn2) of the second quantum Alu (QS1) of the quantum computer (QC) and wherein the quantum computer (QC) comprises at least n2 second nuclear spins of atomic nuclei of isotopes with a magnetic moment and / or in particular of, 13 C isotopes in diamond as nuclear quantum bits of the second quantum Alu (QS2) of the quantum computer (QC) of the n2+l nuclear quantum bits (qO to qn2) of the second quantum Alu (QS2) of the quantum computer (QC) and wherein these n2+l nuclear quantum bits (q0 to qn2) of the second quantum ALU (QS2) are coupled to the electronic quantum bit (NV2) of the second quantum ALU (QS2) of the quantum computer (QC), and wherein the first electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the second quantum ALU (QS2) of the quantum computer (QC) is coupled to the second electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the second quantum ALU (QS2) of the quantum computer (QC), in particular by means of dipole / dipole coupling of the respective spins of the respective electronic quantum bits (NV1, NV2) and by means of the coupling by means of one or more photons, and wherein the quantum computer (QC) has first means (M1) for forming or initializing the first electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the first quantum ALU (QS1), in particular by means of irradiation of a pump radiation pulse of the pump radiation (LB) with a pump radiation wavelength (X P m P) into the first electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the first quantum ALU (QS1) of the quantum computer (QC) and for forming or initializing the second electronic quantum bit (NV2) of the second quantum ALU (QS2), in particular by irradiating a pump radiation pulse of the pump radiation (LB) with a pump radiation wavelength (X pmp) into the second electronic quantum bit (NV2) of the second quantum ALU (QS2) of the quantum computer (QC), and wherein the quantum computer (QC) comprises second means (M2) for firstly manipulating the first electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the first quantum ALU (QS1) of the quantum computer (QC) by irradiating the first electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the first quantum ALU (QS1) of the quantum computer (QC) with first microwave radiation having a first microwave spectrum with one or more first microwave frequencies of the first microwave spectrum of the first microwave radiation and / or secondly manipulating the couplings of the first electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the first quantum ALU (QS1) of the quantum computer (QC) with one or more nuclear quantum bits of the nl+1 Quantum bits (qO to qnl) of the first quantum Alu (QS1) by irradiating the first electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the first quantum Alu (QS1) of the quantum computer (QC) and theassociated nl+1 quantum bits (qO to qnl) of the first quantum ALU (QS1) with microwave and / or radio wave radiation of one or more first frequency groups of the pairings and / or groupings of the first electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the first quantum ALU (QS1) of the quantum computer (QC) and one or more nuclear quantum bits of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qnl) of the first quantum ALU (QS1) of the quantum computer (QC) and thirdly for the respective manipulation of the second electronic quantum bit (NV2) of the second quantum ALU (QS2) of the quantum computer (QC) by irradiating the second electronic quantum bit (NV2) of the second quantum ALU (QS2) of the quantum computer (QC) with second Microwave radiation having a second microwave spectrum with one or more second microwave frequencies of the second microwave spectrum of the second microwave radiation and / or fourthly for manipulating the couplings of the second electronic quantum bit (NV2)the second quantum ALU (QS2) of the quantum computer (QC) with one or more nuclear quantum bits of the n2+l quantum bits (qO to qn2) of the second quantum ALU (QS2) by irradiating the second electronic quantum bit (NV2) of the second quantum ALU (QS2) of the quantum computer (QC) and the associated n2+l quantum bits (qO to qn2) of the second quantum ALU (QS2) with microwave and / or radio wave radiation of one or more second frequency groups of the pairings and / or groupings of the second electronic quantum bit (NV2) of the second quantum ALU (QS2) of the quantum computer (QC) and one or more nuclear quantum bits of the n2+l nuclear quantum bits (qO to qn2) of the second quantum Alu (QS2) of the quantum computer (QC) and fifthly, to manipulate the coupling of the first electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the first quantum Alu (QS1) of the quantum computer (QC) with the second electronic quantum bit (NV2) of the second quantum Alu (QS2) of the quantum computer (QC)by irradiating the first electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the first quantum Alu (QS1) of the quantum computer (QC) and the second electronic quantum bit (NV2) of the second quantum Alu (QS2) of the quantum computer (QC) with microwave and / or radio wave radiation with one or III comprises a plurality of resonance frequencies of the microwave and / or radio waves of the pairings and / or groupings of the first electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the first quantum Alu (QS1) of the quantum computer (QC) with the second electronic quantum bit (NV2) of the second quantum Alu (QS2) of the quantum computer (QC), and wherein the quantum computer (QC) comprises third means (M3) for reading out a first quantum state of the spin of the electron configuration of the first paramagnetic center, in particular of the first NV center, as the state of the first electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the first quantum Alu (QS1) of the quantum computer (QC), and for reading out a second quantum state of the spin of the electron configuration of the second paramagnetic center, in particular of the second NV center, as the state of the second electronic quantum bit (NV2) of the second Quantum Alu (QS2) of the quantum computer (QC) and, if necessary,for reading out the quantum state of one or more nuclear spins of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qnl) of the first quantum Alu (QS1) of the quantum computer (QC) as one or more respective quantum states of one or more respective nuclear quantum bits of the respective nuclear quantum bits of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qnl) of the first quantum Alu (QS1) of the quantum computer (QC) and if necessary.for reading out the quantum state of one or more nuclear spins of the n2+l nuclear quantum bits (q0 to qn2) of the second quantum Alu (QS2) of the quantum computer (QC) as one or more respective quantum states of one or more respective nuclear quantum bits of the respective nuclear quantum bits of the n2+l nuclear quantum bits (q0 to qn2) of the second quantum Alu (QS2) of the quantum computer (QC), and wherein the first means (M1) and the third means (M3) can be wholly or partially identical; optionally using one of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits (q0 to qln) of the first quantum ALU (QS1) or the n2+1 nuclear quantum bits (q0 to q2n) of the second quantum ALU (QS2) as quantum input bits of the n-qu bit gate;. Execution of a first Hadamard gate (H), wherein the n-qubit gate executes the Hadamard gates according to a method A or according to a method B, and wherein the n-qubit gate executes the first Hadamard gate (H) in the method A by performing (11020) the manipulation of the nuclear spin of a nuclear quantum bit (e.g. q3 / QS1) of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits (q0 to qln) of the first quantum ALU (QS1) or the n2+1 nuclear quantum bits (q0 to q2n) of the second quantum ALU (QS2), hereinafter referred to as nuclear quantum output bit (e.g. q3 / QS1), by means of a TI / 2 pulse (typically related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the nuclear spin of the nuclear quantum output bit (e.g. q3 / QSl)) by means of a corresponding radio frequency pulse and by implementing an RZ(ji) gate (11030), in particular by implementing a virtual RZ(jt) gate (11030), to the nuclear quantum output bit (e.g.q3 / QS1); and wherein the n-qubit gate implements the first Hadamard gate (H) in method B by performing (11020) the manipulation of the nuclear spin of a nuclear quantum bit (e.g., q3 / QS1) of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits (q0 to qln) of the first quantum ALU (QS1) or the n2+1 nuclear quantum bits (q0 to q2n) of the second quantum ALU (QS2), hereinafter referred to as nuclear quantum output bit (e.g., q3 / QS1), by means of a TI / 2 pulse (typically related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the nuclear spin of the nuclear quantum output bit (e.g.,q3 / QS1)) by means of a corresponding radio frequency pulse, and wherein the quantum output bit can be different from the quantum input bits but does not have to be; Execution of a 2ji gate (11040) on the second electronic quantum bit (NV2) of the second quantum Alu (QS2), by means of a second microwave pulse, wherein the second microwave pulse has a temporal duration of 2TI of the period of the Ra bi oscillation of the spin of the electron configuration of the second paramagnetic center, in particular. of the second NV center (NV2) of the second electronic quantum bit (NV2) of the second quantum Alu (QS2), and wherein this second microwave pulse is configured by means of its second microwave pulse spectrum so that p2 nuclear quantum bits of the n2+l nuclear quantum bits (q0 to qn2) of the second quantum Alu (QS2) influence the second electronic quantum bit (NV2) of the second quantum Alu (QS2) according to a second value table or a second quantum switching matrix, wherein 0 <p2<n2+l und p2 eine ganze positive Zahl ist, und wobei unter einer zweiten Quantenschaltmatrix vorgesehene Kombinationen von Quantum states of these p2 nuclear quantum bits of the n2+l nuclear quantum bits (qO to qn2) of the second quantum Alu (QS2), which influence the second electronic quantum bit (NV2) of the second quantum Alu (QS2), and that n2+l-p2 nuclear quantum bits of the n2+l nuclear quantum bits (qO to qn2) of the second quantum Alu (QS2) do NOT influence the second electronic quantum bit (NV2) of the second quantum Alu (QS2), and wherein these n2+l-p2 nuclear quantum bits of the n2+l nuclear quantum bits (qO to qn2), which do NOT influence the second electronic quantum bit (NV2) of the second quantum Alu (QS2) influence, are referred to below and in this claim as neutralized or neutralized nuclear quantum bits of the n2+l nuclear quantum bits (qO to qn2) of the second quantum Alu (QS2) and wherein these neutralized nuclear quantum bits of the n2+l nuclear quantum bits (qO to qn2) of the second quantum Alu (QS2) maymay include additional quantum gate output bits;. For the above step, preferably simultaneous execution of a 2ji gate (11050) on the first electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the first quantum Alu (QS1), by means of a first microwave pulse, wherein the first microwave pulse has a duration of 2TI of the period of the Rabi oscillation of the spin of the electron configuration of the first paramagnetic center, in particular of the first NV center (NV1) of the first electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the first quantum Alu (QS1), and wherein this first microwave pulse is configured by means of its first microwave pulse spectrum so that pl nuclear quantum bits of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits (q0 to qnl) influence the first electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the first quantum Alu (QS1) according to a first value table or a first quantum switching matrix, wherein l <pl<nl+l und p2 eine ganze positive Zahl ist,and wherein a first quantum switching matrix is understood to mean combinations of quantum states of these pl nuclear quantum bits of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qnl) of the first quantum Alu (QS1), which influence the first electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the second quantum Alu (QS1), and that nl+l-pl nuclear quantum bits of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qnl) of the first quantum Alu (QS1) do NOT influence the first electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the first quantum Alu (QS1), and wherein these nl+l-pl nuclear quantum bits of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qnl), which influence the first electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the first Do NOT influence Quantum Alu (QS1),hereinafter and in this claim are referred to as neutralized or neutralized nuclear quantum bits of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qnl) of the first quantum Alu (QS1), and wherein these neutralized nuclear quantum bits of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qnl) of the first quantum Alu (QS1) comprise the quantum gate output bit and may optionally comprise further quantum output bits; Execution of a second Hadamard gate (H), wherein the n-qubit gate executes the Hadamard gates according to a method A or according to a method B, and wherein the n-qubit gate executes the second Hadamard gate (H) in the method A by performing (11060) the manipulation of the nuclear spin of a nuclear quantum bit (e.g. q3 / QS1) of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits (q0 to qln) of the first quantum ALU (QS1) or the n2+l nuclear quantum bits (q0 to q2n) of the second quantum ALU (QS2), hereinafter referred to as nuclear quantum output bit (e.g. q3 / QSl), by means of a TI / 2 pulse (typically related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the nuclear spin of the nuclear quantum output bit (e.g. q3 / QSl)) by means of a corresponding radio frequency pulse and by executing an RZ(ji) gate (11070), in particular by executing a virtual RZ(jt) gate (11060), to the nuclear quantum output bit (e.g. q3 / QSl); and wherein the n-qubit gate operates the second Hadamard gate (H) in method B by performing (11060) the manipulation of the nuclear spin of a nuclear quantum bit (e.g. q3 / QSl) of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits (q0 to qln) of the first quantum ALU (QS1) or the n2+l nuclear quantum bits (q0 to q2n) of the second quantum ALU (QS2), hereinafter referred to as the nuclear quantum output bit (e.g.q3 / QSl), by means of a -TI / 2 pulse (typically related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the nuclear spin of the nuclear quantum output bit (e.g. q3 / QSl)) by means of a corresponding radio frequency pulse. Claim 2.2 (Coupling via spin chain) 2.2 Quantum computer-implemented method for executing an n-qubit gate (12000) by means of a spin chain, (Figures 14 and 20) comprising the steps of providing (12010) a quantum computer (QC), wherein the quantum computer (QC) comprises a first quantum Alu (QS1) and wherein the first quantum Alu (QS1) of the quantum computer (QC) comprises a first paramagnetic center (NV1), in particular a first NV center (NV1), of the first quantum Alu (QS1) with a first electronic spin of the first electron configuration of the first paramagnetic center, in particular of the first NV center (NV1) in diamond,as the first electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the first quantum Alu (QS1) of the quantum computer (QC), and wherein the first quantum Alu (QS1) of the quantum computer (QC) comprises nl+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qnl) with nl as a positive integer greater than or equal to 0, and wherein the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qnl) of the first quantum Alu (QS1) of the quantum computer (QC) represent a nuclear spin of an atomic nucleus of an atom of the paramagnetic center, in particular of the nitrogen atom of this first NV center (NV1) in diamond, as a nuclear quantum bit of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qnl) of the first quantum Alu (QS1) of the Quantum computer (QC) and wherein the quantum computer (QC) comprises at least nl nuclear spins of atomic nuclei of isotopes with a magnetic moment and / or in particular of, 13C isotopes in diamond as nuclear quantum bits of the first quantum aluminum (QS1) of the quantum computer (QC) of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qnl) of the first quantum aluminum (QS1) of the quantum computer (QC) and wherein these nl+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qnl) of the first quantum aluminum (QS1) are coupleable to the electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the first quantum aluminum (QS1) of the quantum computer (QC) and wherein the quantum computer (QC) has at least one third paramagnetic center (NV3), in particular a third NV center (NV3) with a third electronic spin of the third electron configuration of the third paramagnetic center, in particular of the third NV center (NV3) in diamond, as a third electronic quantum bit (NV3) of the quantum computer (QC) and wherein the quantum computer (QC) comprises a second quantum Alu (QS2) and wherein the second quantum Alu (QS2) of the quantum computer (QC) comprises a second paramagnetic center (NV1),in particular a first NV center (NV2) of the second quantum aluminum (QS2) with a second electronic spin of the second electron configuration of the second paramagnetic center, in particular of the second NV center (NV2) in diamond, as a second electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the second quantum aluminum (QS2) of the quantum computer (QC) and, wherein the microwave resonance frequency of the second electronic quantum bit (NV2) deviates from the microwave resonance frequency of the third electronic quantum bit (NV3) and wherein the third nuclear quantum bit (NV3) couples to the second nuclear quantum bit (NV2) by means of dipole / dipole coupling and wherein the microwave resonance frequency of the first electronic quantum bit (NV1) deviates from the microwave resonance frequency of the third electronic quantum bit (NV3) and wherein the third nuclear quantum bit (NV3) couples to the first nuclear quantum bit (NV1) by means of dipole / dipole coupling and wherein the microwave resonance frequency of the first electronic quantum bit (NV1) deviates from the microwave resonance frequency of the second electronic quantum bit (NV2) and wherein the second quantum bit (QS2) of the Quantum computer (QC) comprises n2+l nuclear quantum bits (qO to qn2) with n2 as a positive integer greater than or equal to 0 and wherein the n2+l nuclear quantum bits (qO to qn2) of thesecond quantum Alu (QS2) of the quantum computer (QC) comprises a nuclear spin of an atomic nucleus of an atom of the paramagnetic center, in particular of the nitrogen atom of this second NV center (NV2) in diamond, as a nuclear quantum bit of the n2+l nuclear quantum bits (q0 to qn2) of the second quantum Alu (QS1) of the quantum computer (QC), and wherein the quantum computer (QC) comprises at least n2 second nuclear spins of atomic nuclei of isotopes with a magnetic moment and / or in particular of 13C isotopes in diamond as nuclear quantum bits of the second quantum aluminum (QS2) of the quantum computer (QC) of the n2+l nuclear quantum bits (q0 to qn2) of the second quantum aluminum (QS2) of the quantum computer (QC) and wherein these n2+l nuclear quantum bits (q0 to qn2) of the second quantum aluminum (QS2) are coupled to the electronic quantum bit (NV2) of the second quantum aluminum (QS2) of the quantum computer (QC) and wherein the first electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the first quantum aluminum (QS1) of the quantum computer (QC) is coupled to the third electronic quantum bit (NV3) of the quantum computer (QC), in particular by means of Dipole / dipole coupling of the respective spins of the respective electronic quantum bits (NV1, NV2) and by means of the coupling by means of one or more photons, and wherein the second electronic quantum bit (NV2) of the second quantum bit (QS2) of the quantum computer (QC) is coupled to the third electronic quantum bit (NV3) of the quantum computer (QC),in particular by means of dipole / dipole coupling of the respective spins of the respective electronic quantum bits (NV1, NV2) and by means of the coupling by means of one or more photons, and wherein the quantum computer (QC) has first means (Ml) for forming or initializing the first electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the first quantum ALU (QS1), in particular by means of irradiation of a pump radiation pulse of the pump radiation (LB) with a pump radiation wavelength (X, P m P ) into the first electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the first quantum ALU (QS1) of the quantum computer (QC) and for forming or initializing the second electronic quantum bit (NV2) of the second quantum ALU (QS2), in particular by irradiating a pump radiation pulse of the pump radiation (LB) with a pump radiation wavelength (X P m P) into the second electronic quantum bit (NV2) of the second quantum ALU (QS2) of the quantum computer (QC) and for forming or initializing the third electronic quantum bit (NV3), in particular by means of irradiation of a pump radiation pulse of the pump radiation (LB) with a pump radiation wavelength (Ä. P m P ) into the third electronic quantum bit (NV3) of the quantum computer (QC), and wherein the quantum computer (QC) comprises second means (M2) for firstly manipulating the first electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the first quantum ALU (QS1) of the quantum computer (QC) by irradiating the first electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the first quantum ALU (QS1) of the quantum computer (QC) with first microwave radiation having a first microwave spectrum with one or more first microwave frequencies of the first microwave spectrum of the first microwave radiation and / or Secondly, to manipulate the couplings of the first electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the first quantum ALU (QS1) of the quantum computer (QC) with one or more nuclear quantum bits of the nl+1 quantum bits (q0 to qnl) of the first quantum ALU (QS1) by irradiating the first electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the first quantum ALU (QS1) of the quantum computer (QC) and the associated nl+1 quantum bits (q0 to qnl) of the first quantum ALU (QS1) with microwave and / or radio wave radiation of one or more first frequency groups of the pairings and / or groupings of the first electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the first quantum ALU (QS1) of the quantum computer (QC) and one or more nuclear Quantum bits of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qnl) of the first quantum ALU (QS1) of the quantum computer (QC) and thirdly for manipulating the second electronic quantum bit (NV2) of the second quantum ALU (QS2) of the quantum computer (QC) by irradiating the secondelectronic quantum bits (NV2) of the second quantum ALU (QS2) of the quantum computer (QC) with second microwave radiation having a second microwave spectrum with one or more second microwave frequencies of the second microwave spectrum of the second microwave radiation and / or fourthly, for manipulating the couplings of the second electronic quantum bit (NV2) of the second quantum ALU (QS2) of the quantum computer (QC) with one or more nuclear quantum bits of the n2+l quantum bits (q0 to qn2) of the second quantum ALU (QS2) by irradiating the second electronic quantum bit (NV2) of the second quantum ALU (QS2) of the quantum computer (QC) and the associated n2+l quantum bits (q0 to qn2) of the second quantum ALU (QS2) with microwave and / or radio wave radiation of one or more second frequency groups of the pairings and / or groupings of the second electronic quantum bit (NV2) of the second quantum ALU (QS2) of the quantum computer (QC) and one or morenuclear quantum bits of the n2+l nuclear quantum bits (q0 to qn2) of the second quantum Alu (QS2) of the quantum computer (QC) and fifthly, for respectively manipulating the third electronic quantum bit (NV3) of the quantum computer (QC) by irradiating the third electronic quantum bit (NV3) of the quantum computer (QC) with third microwave radiation having a second microwave spectrum with one or more second microwave frequencies of the third microwave spectrum of the third microwave radiation and sixthly, for manipulating the coupling of the first electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the first quantum Alu (QS1) of the quantum computer (QC) with the third electronic quantum bit (NV3) of the quantum computer (QC) by irradiating the first electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the first quantum Alu (QS1) of the quantum computer (QC) and the third electronic quantum bit (NV3) of the quantum computer (QC) with microwave and / or radio wave radiation with one orseveral resonance frequencies of the microwave and / or radio waves of the pairings and / or groupings of the first electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the first quantum Alu (QS1) of the quantum computer (QC) with the third electronic quantum bit (NV3) of the quantum computer (QC) and seventhly for manipulating the coupling of the second electronic quantum bit (NV2) of the second quantum Alu (QS2) of the quantum computer (QC) with the third electronic quantum bit (NV3) of the quantum computer (QC) by irradiating the second electronic quantum bit (NV2) of the second quantum Alu (QS2) of the quantum computer (QC) and the third electronic quantum bit (NV3) of the quantum computer (QC) with microwave and / or radio wave radiation with one or more resonance frequencies of the microwave and / or radio waves of the Pairings and / or groupings of the second electronic quantum bit (NV2) of the second quantum Alu (QS2) of the quantum computer (QC) with the third electronic quantum bit(NV3) of the quantum computer (QC) and wherein the quantum computer (QC) comprises third means (M3) for reading out a first quantum state of the spin of the electron configuration of the first paramagnetic center, in particular the first NV center, as the state of the first electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the first quantum bit (QS1) of the quantum computer (QC) and for reading out a second quantum state of the spin of the electron configuration of the second paramagnetic center, in particular of the second NV center, as the state of the second electronic quantum bit (NV2) of the second quantum Alu (QS2) of the quantum computer (QC) and optionally for reading out a third quantum state of the spin of the electron configuration of the third paramagnetic center, in particular of the third NV center, as the state of the third electronic quantum bit (NV3) of the quantum computer (QC) and optionally for reading out the quantum state of one or more nuclear spins of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits (q0 to qnl) of the first quantum Alu (QS1) of the quantum computer (QC) as one or more respective quantum states of one or more respective nuclear quantum bits of the respective nuclear quantum bits of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qnl) of the first quantum Alu (QS1) of the quantum computer (QC) and, if necessary,for reading out the quantum state of one or more nuclear spins of the n2+l nuclear quantum bits (q0 to qn2) of the second quantum Alu (QS2) of the quantum computer (QC) as one or more respective quantum states of one or more respective nuclear quantum bits of the respective nuclear quantum bits of the n2+l nuclear quantum bits (q0 to qn2) of the second quantum Alu (QS2) of the quantum computer (QC), and wherein the first means (M1) and the third means (M3) can be wholly or partially identical; optionally using one of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits (q0 to qln) of the first quantum ALU (QS1) or the n2+1 nuclear quantum bits (q0 to q2n) of the second quantum ALU (QS2) as quantum input bits of the n-qu bit gate;. Execution of a first Hadamard gate (H), wherein the n-qubit gate executes the Hadamard gates according to a method A or according to a method B, and wherein the n-qubit gate implements the first Hadamard gate (H) in the method A by executing (12020) the manipulation of the spin of the electron configuration of the third paramagnetic center, in particular of the third NV center (NV3), of the third electronic quantum bit (NV3) by means of a TI / 2 pulse (typically related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the spin of the electron configuration of the third paramagnetic center, in particular of the third NV center (NV3), of the third electronic quantum bit (NV3)) by means of a corresponding microwave frequency pulse and by executing an RZ(ji) gate (12030), in particular by executing a virtual RZ(jt) gate (12030), on the third electronic Quantum bit (NV3);and wherein the n-qubit gate carries out the first Hadamard gate (H) in method B by carrying out (12020) the manipulation of the spin of the electron configuration of the third paramagnetic center, in particular the third NV center (NV3), of the third electronic quantum bit (NV3) by means of a TI / 2 pulse (typically related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the spin of the electron configuration of the third paramagnetic center, in particular the third NV center (NV3), of the third electronic quantum bit (NV3)) by means of a corresponding microwave frequency pulse; Implementation of a 2ji gate (12040) on the second electronic quantum bit (NV2) of the second quantum Alu (QS2), by means of a second microwave pulse, wherein the second microwave pulse has a duration of 2TI of the period of the Ra bi oscillation of the spin of the electron configuration of the second paramagnetic center, in particular of the second NV center (NV2) of the second electronic quantum bit (NV2) of the second quantum Alu (QS2), and wherein this second microwave pulse is configured by means of its second microwave pulse spectrum so that p2 nuclear quantum bits of the n2+1 nuclear quantum bits (q0 to qn2) of the second quantum Alu (QS2) influence the second electronic quantum bit (NV2) of the second quantum Alu (QS2) according to a second value table or a second quantum switching matrix, wherein 0 <p2<n2+l und p2 eine ganze positive Zahl ist, und wherein a second quantum switching matrix is understood to mean combinations of quantum states of these p2 nuclear quantum bits of the n2+l nuclear quantum bits (qO to qn2) of the second quantum Alu (QS2), which influence the second electronic quantum bit (NV2) of the second quantum Alu (QS2), and that n2+l-p2 nuclear quantum bits of the n2+l nuclear quantum bits (qO to qn2) of the second quantum Alu (QS2) do NOT influence the second electronic quantum bit (NV2) of the second quantum Alu (QS2), and wherein these n2+l-p2 nuclear quantum bits of the n2+l nuclear quantum bits (qO to qn2), which influence the second electronic quantum bit (NV2) of the second quantum Alu (QS2) DO NOT affect,hereinafter and in this claim are referred to as neutralized or neutralized nuclear quantum bits of the n2+l nuclear quantum bits (qO to qn2) of the second quantum Alu (QS2), and wherein these neutralized nuclear quantum bits of the n2+l nuclear quantum bits (qO to qn2) of the second quantum Alu (QS2) may optionally comprise further quantum gate output bits; Execution of a second Hadamard gate (H), wherein the n-qubit gate executes the Hadamard gates according to a method A or according to a method B, and wherein the n-qubit gate implements the second Hadamard gate (H) in the method A by executing (12050) the manipulation of the spin of the electron configuration of the third paramagnetic center, in particular of the third NV center (NV3), of the third electronic quantum bit (NV3) by means of a TI / 2 pulse (typically related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the spin of the electron configuration of the third paramagnetic center, in particular of the third NV center (NV3), of the third electronic quantum bit (NV3)) by means of a corresponding microwave frequency pulse and by executing an RZ(ji) gate (12060), in particular by executing a virtual RZ(jt) gate (12060), on the third electronic Quantum bit (NV3);and wherein the n-qubit gate carries out the second Hadamard gate (H) in method B by carrying out (12050) the manipulation of the spin of the electron configuration of the third paramagnetic center, in particular the third NV center (NV3), of the third electronic quantum bit (NV3) by means of a -TI / 2 pulse (typically related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the spin of the electron configuration of the third paramagnetic center, in particular the third NV center (NV3), of the third electronic quantum bit (NV3)) by means of a corresponding microwave frequency pulse; Execution of a third Hadamard gate (H), wherein the n-qubit gate executes the Hadamard gates according to a method A or according to a method B, and wherein the n-qubit gate executes the third Hadamard gate (H) in the method A by performing (12070) the manipulation of the nuclear spin of a nuclear quantum bit (e.g. q3 / QS1) of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits (q0 to qln) of the first quantum ALU (QS1), hereinafter referred to as nuclear quantum output bit (e.g. q3 / QS1), by means of a TI / 2 pulse (typically related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the nuclear spin of the nuclear quantum output bit (e.g. q3 / QS1)) by means of a corresponding radio frequency pulse and by performing a RZ(ji) gate (12080), in particular by implementing a virtual RZ(jt) gate (12080), to the nuclear quantum output bit (e.g.q3 / QSl); and wherein the n-qubit gate carries out the third Hadamard gate (H) in method B by carrying out (12070) the manipulation of the nuclear spin of one nuclear quantum bit (e.g. q3 / QSl) of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits (q0 to qln) of the first quantum ALU (QS1), hereinafter referred to as nuclear quantum output bit (e.g. q3 / QSl), by means of a TI / 2 pulse (typically related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the nuclear spin of the. nuclear quantum output bits (e.g. q3 / QS1)) by means of a corresponding radio frequency pulse, and wherein the quantum output bit can be different from the quantum input bits, but does not have to be; execution of a 2ji gate (12090) on the first electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the first quantum Alu (QS1), by means of a first microwave pulse, wherein the first microwave pulse has a duration of 2TI of the period of the Rabi oscillation of the spin of the electron configuration of the first paramagnetic center, in particular of the first NV center (NV1) of the first electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the first quantum Alu (QS1), and wherein this first microwave pulse is configured by means of its first microwave pulse spectrum,that pl nuclear quantum bits of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qnl) influence the first electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the first quantum bit (QS1) according to a first value table or a first quantum switching matrix, where l <pl<nl+l und p2 eine ganze positive Zahl ist, und wobei unter einer ersten Quantenschaltmatrix vorgesehene Kombinationen von Quantenzuständen dieser pl nuklearen Quantenbits der nl+1 nuklearen Quantenbits (qO bis qnl) der ersten Quanten-Alu (QS1), die das erste elektronische Quantenbit (NV1) der zweiten Quanten-Alu (QS1) beeinflussen, verstanden wird und dass nl+l-pl nukleare Quantenbits der nl+1 nuklearen Quantenbits (qO bis qnl) der ersten Quanten- Alu (QS1) dabei das erste elektronische Quantenbit (NV1) der ersten Quanten-Alu (QS1), NICHT beeinflussen und wobei diese nl+l-pl nukleare Quantenbits der nl+1 nuklearen Quantenbits (qO bis qnl), die das erste elektronische Quantenbit (NV1) der ersten Quanten-Alu (QS1) NICHT beeinflussen,hereinafter and in this claim are referred to as neutralized or neutralized nuclear quantum bits of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qnl) of the first quantum Alu (QS1), and wherein these neutralized nuclear quantum bits of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qnl) of the first quantum Alu (QS1) comprise the quantum gate output bit and may optionally comprise further quantum output bits; Execution of a fourth Hadamard gate (H), wherein the n-qubit gate executes the Hadamard gates according to a method A or according to a method B, and wherein the n-qubit gate executes the fourth Hadamard gate (H) in the method A by performing (12100) the manipulation of the nuclear spin of a nuclear quantum bit (e.g. q3 / QS1) of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits (q0 to qln) of the first quantum ALU (QS1), hereinafter referred to as nuclear quantum output bit (e.g. q3 / QS1), by means of a TI / 2 pulse (typically related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the nuclear spin of the nuclear quantum output bit (e.g. q3 / QS1)) by means of a corresponding radio frequency pulse and by performing a RZ(ji) gate (12110), in particular by implementing a virtual RZ(jt) gate (12110), to the nuclear quantum output bit (e.g.q3 / QSl); and wherein the n-qubit gate executes the second Hadamard gate (H) in method B by performing (12100) the manipulation of the nuclear spin of one nuclear quantum bit (e.g., q3 / QSl) of the nl+1 nuclear quantum bits (q0 to qln) of the first quantum ALU (QS1), hereinafter referred to as nuclear quantum output bit (e.g., q3 / QSl), by means of a -TI / 2 pulse (typically related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the nuclear spin of the nuclear quantum output bit (e.g., q3 / QSl)) by means of a corresponding radio frequency pulse.

3. Claims for gate linkages Claim 3.1 (Decoupling) 3.

1. Quantum computer-implemented method for executing a concatenated multi-qubit gate, wherein the concatenated multi-qubit gate comprises a first multi-qubit gate and a second multi-qubit gate, and wherein the first multi-qubit gate is a multi-qubit gate according to any one of claims 1.1 to 1.5, and wherein the second multi-qubit gate is a multi-qubit gate according to any one of claims 1.1 to 1.5, and wherein the first multi-qubit gate and the second first multi-qubit gate use n+1 nuclear quantum bits (q0 to qn), with the step of using one of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits (q0 to qn) as the first Quantum output bit of the first multi-qubit gate and with the step of using one of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qn) as the second Quantum output bit of the second multi-qubit gate, wherein the first quantum output bit is different from the second quantum output bit. Claim 3.2 (Concatenation) 3.

3. A quantum computer-implemented method for executing a concatenated multi-qubit gate according to claim 3.1, wherein the first quantum output bit is a quantum input bit of the second multi-qubit gate. Claim 3.3 (QuBit Reuse) 3.

3. Quantum computer-implemented method for executing a concatenated multi-qubit gate according to Claim 3.1 or 3.2, wherein the second quantum output bit is a quantum input bit of the first multi-qubit gate. Claim 3.4 3.

4. Quantum computer-implemented method for executing a concatenated multi-qubit gate according to Claim 3.1 or 3.2 or 3.3, wherein the first multi-qubit gate applies the Hadamard gates to one nuclear quantum bit of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qn), and wherein the second multi-qubit gate applies the Hadamard gates to a further nuclear quantum bit of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qn) that is different from the immediately preceding nuclear quantum bit of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qn). Claim 3.5 3.

5. Quantum computer-implemented method for executing a concatenated multi-qubit gate according to Claim 3.4, wherein the further nuclear quantum bit of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qn) in the 2ji gate (10030) is neutrally set to the electronic quantum bit (NV1) in the first multi-qubit gate. Claim 3.6 3.

6. Quantum computer-implemented method for executing a concatenated multi-qubit gate according to Claim 3.4 or 3.5, wherein the nuclear quantum bit of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qn) in the 2ji gate (10030) is neutralized to the electronic quantum bit (NV1) in the second multi-qubit gate. Using the quantum output bit of the first multi-qubit gate as the input quantum bit of the second multi-qubit gate.

4. Claims for special gates Claim 4.1 (CCCNOT) Gate 4.

1. A quantum computer-implemented method (13000) for executing a CCCNOT gate (X) (Figure 6), based on one of the methods according to one of claims 1.1 to 1.5 or 2.1 to 2.2 or 3.1 to 3.6 and comprising the steps: Providing (13010) a quantum computer (QC), wherein the quantum computer (QC) comprises a paramagnetic center, in particular an NV center (NV1), with an electronic spin of the electron configuration of the paramagnetic center, in particular of the NV center (NV1) in diamond, as an electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the quantum computer (QC), and wherein the quantum computer (QC) comprises four nuclear quantum bits (q0 to q3), and wherein the four nuclear quantum bits (q0 to q3) comprise at least four respective nuclear spins of isotopes with a magnetic moment and / or in particular of 13 C isotopes in diamond, as respective nuclear quantum bits (qO to q3) of the four nuclear quantum bits (qO to q3) can comprise, and wherein in particular the four nuclear quantum bits (qO to q3) can comprise at least one nuclear spin of an atom with a magnetic moment, which is a component of the paramagnetic center (NV1) and which can in particular be a nitrogen atom of the NV center (NV1) in diamond, as a nuclear quantum bit of the four nuclear quantum bits (qO to q3), and wherein these four nuclear quantum bits (qO to q3) can each be coupled to the said electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the quantum computer (QC), and wherein the quantum computer (QC) has first means (M1) for forming or initializing the electronic spin of the electron configuration of the paramagnetic center, in particular of the NV center (NV1), by irradiating a pump radiation pulse of the pump radiation (LB) with the pump radiation wavelength ( pmp) into which the electronic quantum bit of the paramagnetic center, in particular the NV center (NV1), and wherein the quantum computer (QC) comprises second means (M2) for firstly manipulating the quantum state of the electronic quantum bit (NV1) in the form of the electronic spin of the electron configuration of the paramagnetic center, in particular the NV center (NV1), by irradiating the paramagnetic center, in particular the NV center (NV1), with microwave radiation and secondly for manipulating the couplings of the quantum state of the electronic spin of the electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the paramagnetic center, in particular the NV center (NV1), with one or more of the respective nuclear spins of the respective nuclear quantum bits of the four nuclear quantum bits (q0 to q3) by irradiating the electronic quantum bit of the paramagnetic center, in particular the NV Center (NV1),with microwave and / or radio wave radiation and / or for manipulating the quantum state of one or more respective nuclear spins of the respective nuclear quantum bits of the four nuclear quantum bits (q0 to q3) by irradiating the electronic quantum bit of the paramagnetic center, in particular the NV center (NV1), and the respective nuclear quantum bits of the four nuclear quantum bits (q0 to q3) with microwave and / or radio wave radiation, and wherein the quantum computer (QC) comprises third means (M3) for reading out the quantum state of the electronic quantum bit of the paramagnetic center, in particular the NV center (NV1),and optionally for reading out the quantum state of one or more respective nuclear spins of the respective nuclear quantum bits of the four nuclear quantum bits (q0 to q3) as one or more respective quantum states of one or more respective nuclear quantum bits (q0 to q3), and wherein the first means (M1) and the third means (M3) can be completely or partially identical; with the steps of optionally using the zeroth nuclear quantum bit (q0) as the zeroth quantum input bit of the CCCNOT gate (X); optionally using the first nuclear quantum bit (q1) as the first quantum input bit of the CCCNOT gate (X); optionally using the second nuclear quantum bit (q2) as the second quantum input bit of the CCCNOT gate (X);, Executing the first Hadamard gate (H), wherein the CCCNOT gate executes the Hadamard gates according to a method A or according to a method B, and wherein the CCCNOT gate executes the first Hadamard gate (H) in the method A by performing (13020) the manipulation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear Quantum bits (q3) by means of a TT / 2 pulse (typically related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit (q3)) by means of a corresponding radio frequency pulse and by executing an RZ(ji) gate (13030) on the third nuclear quantum bit (q3) and where the CCCNOT gate is the first Hadamard gate (H) in method B by performing (13020) the manipulation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bits (q3) by means of a TI / 2 pulse (relative to the Rabi period of the Rabi osci 11 ation of the nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit (q3) by means of a corresponding radio frequency pulse; Implementation of the 2ji gate (13040) on the electronic quantum bit (for example as an Rx(2ji) gate on the electronic spin of the electron configuration of the NV center (NV1) as an electronic quantum bit of the NV center (NV1) by means of a corresponding microwave pulse, wherein the microwave frequency spectrum of the microwave pulse comprises a correlated frequency group different in amplitude from zero, which is arranged so that the third nuclear quantum bit (q3) is a neutralized nuclear quantum bit,and wherein a first correlated microwave frequency (f <mo|) der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <11101 der vier nuklearen Spins der vier nuklearen Quantenbits (qO bis q3) korreliert ist und wobei eine zweite korrelierte Mikrowellenfrequenz (f<nn|) der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <11111 der vier nuklearen Spins der vier nuklearen Quantenbits (qO bis q3) korreliert ist und wobei somit der Zustand des elektronischen Quantenbits (NV1) durch die Mikrowellenstrahlung mit der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe beeinflusst wird, wenn der Zustand der drei nicht neutralisierten nuklearen Quantenbits (qO bis q2) dem Zustand <1111 entspricht;, Executing a second Hadamar gate (H), wherein the CCCNOT gate executes the Hadamard gates according to a method A or according to a method B, and wherein the CCCNOT gate executes the second Hadamard gate (H) in the method A by performing (13050) the manipulation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bits (q3) by means of a TI / 2 pulse (typically related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit (q3)) by means of a corresponding radio frequency pulse and by executing an RZ(ji) gate (13060) on the third quantum bit (q3), and wherein the CCCNOT gate executes the second Hadamard gate (H) in method B by executing (13050) the manipulation of the third nuclear quantum bit (q3) by means of a -TI / 2 pulse (related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit (q3)) by means of a corresponding radio frequency pulse; optionally using the third nuclear quantum bit (q3) as the quantum output bit of the CCCNOT gate (X). Claim 4.2 (Quantum adder without carry-in quantum bit) 4.

2. A quantum computer-implemented method (14000) for executing an adder gate (Figure 9) based on one of the methods according to one of claims 1.1 to 1.5 or 2.1 to 2.2 or 3.1 to 3.6 or 4.1 and comprising the steps: Providing (14010) a quantum computer (QC), wherein the quantum computer (QC) comprises a paramagnetic center, in particular an NV center (NV1), with an electronic spin of the electron configuration of the paramagnetic center, in particular of the NV center (NV1) in diamond, as an electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the quantum computer (QC), and wherein the quantum computer (QC) comprises three nuclear quantum bits (q0 to q2), and wherein the three nuclear quantum bits (q0 to q2) comprise at least three respective nuclear spins of isotopes with a magnetic moment and / or in particular of 13C isotopes in diamond, as respective nuclear quantum bits (qO to q2) of the three nuclear quantum bits (qO to q2) and wherein in particular the three nuclear quantum bits (qO to q2) can comprise at least one nuclear spin of an atom with a magnetic moment, which is part of the paramagnetic center (NV1) and which can in particular be a nitrogen atom of the NV center (NV1) in diamond, as a nuclear quantum bit of the three nuclear quantum bits (qO to q2) and wherein these three nuclear quantum bits (q0 to q2) are each individually coupled to the said electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the quantum computer (QC), and wherein the quantum computer (QC) has first means (M1) for forming or initializing the electronic spin of the electron configuration of the paramagnetic center, in particular of the NV center (NV1), by means of irradiation of a pump radiation pulse of the pump radiation (LB) with the pump radiation wavelength (X pmp) into which the electronic quantum bit of the paramagnetic center, in particular the NV center (NV1), and wherein the quantum computer (QC) comprises second means (M2) for firstly manipulating the quantum state of the electronic quantum bit (NV1) in the form of the electronic spin of the electron configuration of the paramagnetic center, in particular the NV center (NV1), by irradiating the paramagnetic center, in particular the NV center (NV1), with microwave radiation and secondly for manipulating the couplings of the quantum state of the electronic spin of the electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the paramagnetic center, in particular the NV center (NV1), with one or more of the respective nuclear spins of the respective nuclear quantum bits of the three nuclear quantum bits (q0 to q2) by irradiating the electronic quantum bit of the paramagnetic center, in particular the NV Center (NV1),with microwave and / or radio wave radiation and / or for manipulating the quantum state of one or more respective nuclear spins of the respective nuclear quantum bits of the three nuclear quantum bits (q0 to q2) by irradiating the electronic quantum bit of the paramagnetic center, in particular the NV center (NV1), and the respective nuclear quantum bits of the three nuclear quantum bits (q0 to q2) with microwave and / or radio wave radiation, and wherein the quantum computer (QC) comprises third means (M3) for reading out the quantum state of the electronic quantum bit of the paramagnetic center, in particular the NV center (NV1),and optionally for reading out the quantum state of one or more respective nuclear spins of the respective nuclear quantum bits of the three nuclear quantum bits (q0 to q2) as one or more respective quantum states of one or more respective nuclear quantum bits (q0 to q2), and wherein the first means (M1) and the third means (M3) may be entirely or partially identical; with the steps of optionally using the zeroth nuclear quantum bit (q0) as the zeroth quantum input bit of the adder gate; optionally using the first nuclear quantum bit (q1) as the first quantum input bit of the adder gate; Execution of a first Hadamard gate (H), wherein the adder gate executes the Hadamard gates according to a method A or according to a method B, and wherein the adder gate executes the first Hadamard gate (H) in the method A by executing (14020) the manipulation of the second nuclear spin of the second nuclear quantum bit (q2) by means of a TI / 2 pulse (related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the second nuclear spin of the second nuclear quantum bit (q2)) by means of a corresponding radio frequency pulse and by executing an RZ(ji) gate (14030), in particular by executing a virtual RZ(jt) gate (14030),on the second nuclear quantum bit (q2), and wherein the adder gate executes the first Hadamard gate (H) in method B by performing (14020) the manipulation of the second nuclear spin of the second nuclear quantum bit (q2) by means of a TI / 2 pulse (relative to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the second nuclear spin of the second nuclear quantum bit (q2)) by means of a corresponding radio frequency pulse;, Implementation of the 2ji gate (14040) on the electronic quantum bit (for example as an Rx(2ji) gate on the electronic spin of the electron configuration of the NV center (NV1) as an electronic quantum bit of the NV center (NV1) by means of a corresponding microwave pulse, wherein the microwave frequency spectrum of the microwave pulse comprises a correlated frequency group different in amplitude from zero, which is arranged so that the second nuclear quantum bit (q2) is a neutralized nuclear quantum bit,and wherein a first correlated microwave frequency (f <ioo| ) der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <1001 der drei nuklearen Spins der zwei nuklearen Quantenbits (qO bis q2) korreliert ist und wobei eine zweite korrelierte Mikrowellenfrequenz (f<ioi|) der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <1011 der drei nuklearen Spins der drei nuklearen Quantenbits (qO bis q2) korreliert ist und wobei eine dritte korrelierte Mikrowellenfrequenz (f<oii| ) der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <0111 der drei nuklearen Spins der drei nuklearen Quantenbits (qO bis q2) korreliert ist und wobei eine vierte korrelierte Mikrowellenfrequenz (f<oioo|) der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <0101 der drei nuklearen Spins der drei nuklearen Quantenbits (qO bis q2) korreliert ist und wobei der Zustand des elektronischen Quantenbits (NV1) durch die Mikrowellenstrahlung mit der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe somit beeinflusst wird,if the state of the three non-neutralized nuclear quantum bits (qO to ql) corresponds to the state <101 or the state <011;, Executing a Hadamar gate (H) by performing (14050) the manipulation of the third nuclear spin of the second nuclear quantum bit (q2) by means of a TI / 2 pulse and by performing an RZ(ji) gate (14060) on the second quantum bit (q2); Execution of a second Hadamard gate (H), wherein the adder gate executes the Hadamard gates according to a method A or according to a method B, and wherein the adder gate executes the second Hadamard gate (H) in the method A by executing (14050) the manipulation of the nuclear spin of the second nuclear quantum bit (q2) by means of a TI / 2 pulse (related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the second nuclear spin of the second nuclear quantum bit (e.g.q2)) by means of a corresponding radio frequency pulse and by executing an RZ(ji) gate (14060), in particular by executing a virtual RZ(jt) gate (14060), on the second nuclear quantum bit (q2), and wherein the adder gate executes the second Hadamard gate (H) in method B by executing (14050) the manipulation of the nuclear spin of the second nuclear quantum bit (q2) by means of a -TI / 2 pulse (related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the nuclear spin of the second nuclear quantum bit (q2)) by means of a corresponding radio frequency pulse; optionally using the second nuclear quantum bit (q2) as the quantum output bit of the adder gate. Claim 4.3 (Quantum adder with Cariy-In quantum bit) 4.

3. Quantum computer-implemented method for executing an adder gate with a quantum carry input bit (Figure 10), based on one of the methods according to one of claims 1.1 to 1.5 or 2.1 to 2.2 or 3.1 to 3.6 or 4.1 to 4.2 and comprising the steps: providing (15010) a quantum computer (QC), wherein the quantum computer (QC) comprises a paramagnetic center, in particular an NV center (NV1), with an electronic spin of the electron configuration of the paramagnetic center, in particular the NV center (NV1) in diamond, as an electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the quantum computer (QC), and wherein the quantum computer (QC) comprises four nuclear quantum bits (q0 to q3), and wherein the four nuclear quantum bits (q0 to q3) comprise at least four respective nuclear spins, of isotopes with a magnetic moment and / or in particular of 13C isotopes in diamond, as respective nuclear quantum bits (qO to q3) of the four nuclear quantum bits (qO to q3) and wherein in particular the four nuclear quantum bits (qO to q3) can comprise at least one nuclear spin of an atom with a magnetic moment, which is a component of the paramagnetic center (NV1) and which can in particular be a nitrogen atom of the NV center (NV1) in diamond, as a nuclear quantum bit of the four nuclear quantum bits (qO to q3) and wherein these four nuclear quantum bits (qO to q3) are each individually coupleable to the said electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the quantum computer (QC) and wherein the quantum computer (QC) has first means (Ml) for forming or initializing the electronic spin of the Electron configuration of the paramagnetic center, in particular the NV center (NV1), by means of irradiation of a pump radiation pulse of the pump radiation (LB) with the pump radiation wavelength (X pmp) into which the electronic quantum bit of the paramagnetic center, in particular the NV center (NV1), and wherein the quantum computer (QC) comprises second means (M2) for firstly manipulating the quantum state of the electronic quantum bit (NV1) in the form of the electronic spin of the electron configuration of the paramagnetic center, in particular the NV center (NV1), by irradiating the paramagnetic center, in particular the NV center (NV1), with microwave radiation and secondly for manipulating the couplings of the quantum state of the electronic spin of the electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the paramagnetic center, in particular the NV center (NV1), with one or more of the respective nuclear spins of the respective nuclear quantum bits of the four nuclear quantum bits (q0 to q3) by irradiating the electronic quantum bit of the paramagnetic center, in particular the NV Center (NV1),with microwave and / or radio wave radiation and / or for manipulating the quantum state of one or more respective nuclear spins of the respective nuclear quantum bits of the four nuclear quantum bits (q0 to q3) by irradiating the electronic quantum bit of the paramagnetic center, in particular the NV center (NV1), and the respective nuclear quantum bits of the four nuclear quantum bits (q0 to q3) with microwave and / or radio wave radiation, and wherein the quantum computer (QC) comprises third means (M3) for reading out the quantum state of the electronic quantum bit of the paramagnetic center, in particular the NV center (NV1),and optionally for reading out the quantum state of one or more respective nuclear spins of the respective nuclear quantum bits of the four nuclear quantum bits (q0 to q3) as one or more respective quantum states of one or more respective nuclear quantum bits (q0 to q3), and wherein the first means (M1) and the third means (M3) can be completely or partially identical; with the steps of optionally using the zeroth nuclear quantum bit (q0) as the zeroth quantum input bit of the adder gate with quantum carry input bit; optionally using the first nuclear quantum bit (q1) as the first quantum input bit of the adder gate with quantum carry input bit; optionally using the second nuclear quantum bit (q2) as the quantum carry input bit of the adder gate with quantum carry input bit;, Execution of a first Hadamard gate (H), wherein the adder gate with quantum carry input bit executes the Hadamard gates according to a method A or according to a method B, and wherein the adder gate with quantum carry input bit executes the first Hadamard gate (H) in the method A by executing (15020) the manipulation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit (q3) by means of a TT / 2 pulse (related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit (q3)) by means of a corresponding radio frequency pulse and by executing an RZ(ji) gate (15030), in particular by executing a virtual RZ(jt) gate (15030), on the third nuclear quantum bit (q3), and wherein the adder gate with quantum carry input bit executes the first Hadamard gate (H) in method B by executing (15020) the manipulation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit (q3) by means of a TI / 2 pulse (related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit (q3)) by means of a corresponding radio frequency pulse; Implementation of the 2ji gate (15040) on the electronic quantum bit (for example as an Rx(2ji) gate on the electronic spin of the electron configuration of the NV center (NV1) as an electronic quantum bit of the NV center (NV1) by means of a corresponding microwave pulse, wherein the microwave frequency spectrum of the microwave pulse comprises a correlated frequency group different in amplitude from zero, which is arranged such that the third nuclear quantum bit (q3) is a neutralized nuclear quantum bit, and wherein a first correlated microwave frequency (f <iooo|) der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <10001 der vier nuklearen Spins der vier nuklearen Quantenbits (qO bis q3) korreliert ist und wobei eine zweite korrelierte Mikrowellenfrequenz (f<iooi| ) der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <10011 der vier nuklearen Spins der vier nuklearen Quantenbits (qO bis q3) korreliert ist und wobei eine dritte korrelierte Mikrowellenfrequenz(f<oioi| ) der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <01011 der vier nuklearen Spins der vier nuklearen Quantenbits (qO bis q3) korreliert ist und wobei eine vierte korrelierte Mikrowellenfrequenz (f<oioo|) der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <01001 der vier nuklearen Spins der vier nuklearen Quantenbits (qO bis q3) korreliert ist und wobei eine fünfte korrelierte Mikrowellenfrequenz (f<ooii| ) der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <00111 der vier nuklearen Spins der vier nuklearen Quantenbits (qO bis q3) korreliert ist und wobei eine sechste korrelierte Mikrowellenfrequenz (f<ooio|) der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <00101 der vier nuklearen Spins der vier nuklearen Quantenbits (qO bis q3) korreliert ist und wobei eine siebte korrelierte Mikrowellenfrequenz (f<nn|) der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <11111 der vier nuklearen Spins der vier nuklearen Quantenbits (qO bis q3) korreliert ist und wobei eine achte korrelierteMicrowave frequency (f <mo|) der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <11101 der vier nuklearen Spins der vier nuklearen Quantenbits (qO bis q3) korreliert ist und wobei der Zustand des elektronischen Quantenbits (NV1) durch die Mikrowellenstrahlung mit der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe somit beeinflusst wird, wenn der Zustand der drei nicht neutralisierten nuklearen Quantenbits (qO bis q2) dem Zustand <1001 oder dem Zustand <0101 oder dem Zustand <0011 oder dem Zustand <1111 entspricht; Execution of a second Hadamard gate (H), wherein the adder gate with quantum carry input bit executes the Hadamard gates according to a method A or according to a method B, and wherein the adder gate with quantum carry input bit executes the first Hadamard gate (H) in the method A by performing (15050) the manipulation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit (q3) by means of a TI / 2 pulse (related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit (q3)) by means of a corresponding radio frequency pulse and by executing an RZ(ji) gate (15060), in particular by executing a virtual RZ(jt) gate (15060), on the third nuclear quantum bit (q3), and wherein the adder gate with quantum carry input bit executes the second Hadamard gate (H) in method B by executing (15050) the manipulation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit (q3) by means of a -TT / 2 pulse (relative to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit (q3)) by means of a corresponding radio frequency pulse; optionally using the third nuclear quantum bit (q3) as the quantum output bit of the adder gate with quantum carry input bit. Claim 4.4 (five quantum bit quantum full adder gates) 4.

4. A quantum computer-implemented method (16000) for executing a five quantum bit quantum full adder gate (Figure 11), based on one of the methods according to one of claims 1.1 to 1.5 or 2.1 to 2.2 or 3.1 to 3.6 or 4.1 to 4.3 and comprising the steps: Providing (16010) a quantum computer (QC), wherein the quantum computer (QC) comprises a paramagnetic center, in particular an NV center (NV1), with an electronic spin of the electron configuration of the paramagnetic center, in particular of the NV center (NV1) in diamond, as an electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the quantum computer (QC), and wherein the quantum computer (QC) comprises five nuclear quantum bits (q0 to q4), and wherein the five nuclear quantum bits (q0 to q4) comprise at least four respective nuclear spins of isotopes with a magnetic moment and / or in particular of 13C isotopes in diamond, as respective nuclear quantum bits (qO to q4), and wherein in particular the five nuclear quantum bits (qO to q4) can comprise at least one nuclear spin of an atom of the paramagnetic center (NV1) with a magnetic moment, in particular a nuclear spin of the nitrogen atom of this NV center (NV1) in diamond, as a nuclear quantum bit of the five nuclear quantum bits (qO to q4), and wherein these five nuclear quantum bits (qO to q4) can each be coupled to the said electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the quantum computer (QC), and wherein the quantum computer (QC) has first means (M1) for forming or initializing the electronic spin of the electron configuration of the paramagnetic center, in particular of the NV center (NV1), by means of an irradiation of a pump radiation pulse of the pump radiation (LB) with the pump radiation wavelength ( pmp) into which the electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the paramagnetic center, in particular the NV center (NV1), and wherein the quantum computer (QC) comprises second means (M2) for firstly manipulating the quantum state of the electronic quantum bit (NV1) in the form of the electronic spin of the electron configuration of the paramagnetic center, in particular the NV center (NV1), by irradiating the paramagnetic center, in particular the NV center (NV1), with microwave radiation and secondly for manipulating the couplings of the quantum state of the electronic spin of the electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the paramagnetic center, in particular the NV center (NV1), with one or more of the respective nuclear spins of the respective nuclear quantum bits of the five nuclear quantum bits (q0 to q4) by irradiating the electronic quantum bit of the paramagnetic Center, especially the NV Center (NV1),with microwave and / or radio wave radiation and / or for manipulating the quantum state of one or more respective nuclear spins of the respective nuclear quantum bits of the five nuclear quantum bits (q0 to q4) by irradiating the electronic quantum bit of the paramagnetic center, in particular the NV center (NV1), and the respective nuclear quantum bits of the five nuclear quantum bits (q0 to q4) with microwave and / or radio wave radiation and, wherein the quantum computer (QC) comprises third means (M3) for reading the quantum state of the electronic quantum bit of the paramagnetic center, in particular the NV center (NV1), and optionally for reading the quantum state of one or more respective nuclear spins of the respective nuclear quantum bits of the five nuclear quantum bits (q0 to q4) as one or more respective quantum states of one or more respective nuclear quantum bits (q0 to q4), and wherein the first means (M1) and the third means (M3) can be entirely or partially identical; optionally using the zeroth nuclear quantum bit (q0) as the zeroth quantum input bit of the five quantum bit quantum full adder gate; optionally using the first nuclear quantum bit (ql) as the first quantum input bit of the five-quantum-bit quantum full adder gate; optionally using the second nuclear quantum bit (q2) as the quantum carry input bit of the five-quantum-bit quantum full adder gate; Executing an adder gate by a) executing a first Hadamar gate (H), wherein the adder gate executes the Hadamard gates according to a method A or according to a method B, and wherein the adder gate executes the first Hadamard gate (H) in the method A • by carrying out (16020) the manipulation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit (q3) as a sum result quantum bit (Sum) (quantum output bit of the adder gate) by means of a TI / 2 pulse (related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit (q3)) by means of a corresponding radio frequency pulse and • by executing an RZ(ji) gate (16030), in particular by executing a virtual RZ(ji) gate (16030), on the third nuclear quantum bit (q3) as a sum result quantum bit (Sum) (quantum output bit of the adder gate), and wherein the adder gate implements the first Hadamard gate (H) in method B • by performing (16030) the manipulation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit (q3) as a sum result quantum bit (Sum) (quantum output bit of the adder gate) by means of a TI / 2 pulse (related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit (q3)) by means of a corresponding radio frequency pulse; b) Implementation of a 2ji gate (16040) on the electronic quantum bit (NV1) by means of a corresponding microwave pulse, wherein the microwave pulse has a duration of 2TI of the period of the Rabi oscillation of the spin of the electron configuration of the first paramagnetic center, in particular of the first NV center (NV1) of the first electronic quantum bit (NV1), and wherein the microwave frequency spectrum of the microwave pulse comprises a correlated frequency group which is different from zero in amplitude and which is designed tothat the third nuclear quantum bit (q3) is a neutralized nuclear quantum bit and that the fourth nuclear quantum bit (q4) is a neutralized nuclear quantum bit, and wherein a first correlated microwave frequency (f <moo|) der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <111001 der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits (qO bis q4) korreliert ist und wobei eine zweite korrelierte Mikrowellenfrequenz (f<moi|) der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <111011 der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits (qO bis q4) korreliert ist und wobei eine dritte korrelierte Mikrowellenfrequenz (f<nno|) der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <111101 der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits (qO bis q4) korreliert ist und wobei eine vierte korrelierte Mikrowellenfrequenz (f<nni|) der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <111111 der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits (qO bis q4) korreliert ist und, where a first correlated microwave frequency (f <ioooo| ) der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <100001 der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits (qO bis q4) korreliert ist und wobei eine zweite korrelierte Mikrowellenfrequenz (f<ioooi| ) der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <100011 der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits (qO bis q4) korreliert ist und wobei eine dritte korrelierte Mikrowellenfrequenz (f<iooio|) der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <100101 der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits (qO bis q4) korreliert ist und wobei eine vierte korrelierte Mikrowellenfrequenz (f<iooii| ) der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <100111 der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits (qO bis q4) korreliert ist und wobei eine erste korrelierte Mikrowellenfrequenz (f<oiooo|) der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <010001 der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits (qO bisq4) and wherein a second correlated microwave frequency (f <oiooi|) der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <010011 der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits (qO bis q4) korreliert ist und wobei eine dritte korrelierte Mikrowellenfrequenz (f<oioio|) der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <010101 der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits (qO bis q4) korreliert ist und wobei eine vierte korrelierte Mikrowellenfrequenz (f<oioii| ) der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <010111 der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits (qO bis q4) korreliert ist und wobei eine erste korrelierte Mikrowellenfrequenz (f<ooioo|) der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <001001 der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits (qO bis q4) korreliert ist und wobei eine zweite korrelierte Mikrowellenfrequenz (f<ooioi|) der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <001011 der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearenquantum bits (q0 to q4) and a third correlated microwave frequency (f <oono|) der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <001101 der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits (qO bis q4) korreliert ist und wobei eine vierte korrelierte Mikrowellenfrequenz (f<oom| ) der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <001111 der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits (qO bis q4) korreliert ist und wobei somit der Zustand des elektronischen Quantenbits (NV1) durch die Mikrowellenstrahlung mit der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe beeinflusst wird, wenn der Zustand der drei nicht neutralisierten nuklearen Quantenbits (qO bis q2) dem Zustand <1111 oder dem Zustand <1001 oder dem Zustand <0101 oder dem Zustand <0011 entspricht; c) Ausführen eines zweiten Hadamard-Gatters (H) wobei das Addierer-Gatter die Hadamard-Gatter nach einer Methode A oder nach einer Methode B ausführt und wobei das Addierer-Gatter das zweite Hadamard-Gatter (H) in derMethod A • by performing (16050) the manipulation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit (q3) as a sum result quantum bit (Sum) (quantum output bit of the adder gate) by means of a TT / 2 pulse (related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit (q3)) by means of a corresponding radio frequency pulse and • by executing an RZ(ji) gate (16060), in particular by executing a virtual RZ(ji) gate (16060), on the third nuclear quantum bit (q3) as a sum result quantum bit (Sum) (quantum output bit of the adder gate), and wherein the adder gate implements the second Hadamard gate (H) in method B • by performing (16050) the manipulation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit (q3) as a sum result quantum bit (Sum) (quantum output bit of the adder gate) by means of a -TI / 2 pulse (relative to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum gate output bit (q3)) by means of a corresponding radio frequency pulse; Executing a carry quantum bit calculation gate by a) executing a third Hadamar gate (H) by executing (16070) the manipulation of the fourth nuclear spin of the fourth nuclear quantum bit (q4) as a carry-out quantum bit by means of a TI / 2 pulse by means of a corresponding radio frequency pulse and by executing (16080) an RZ(ji) gate on the fourth nuclear spin of the fourth nuclear quantum bit (q4) as a carry-out quantum bit; wherein the carry quantum bit calculation gate executes the Hadamard gates according to a method A or according to a method B and wherein the carry quantum bit calculation gate manipulates the third Hadamard gate (H) in the method A • by carrying out (16070) the manipulation of the fourth nuclear spin of the fourth nuclear quantum bit (q4) as a carry-out quantum bit (quantum output bit of the carry quantum bit calculation gate) by means of a TI / 2 pulse (related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the fourth nuclear spin of the fourth nuclear quantum bit (q4)) by means of a corresponding radio frequency pulse and • by executing an RZ(ji) gate (16080), in particular by executing a virtual RZ(ji) gate (16080), on the fourth nuclear quantum bit (q4) as a carry-out quantum bit (carry out) (quantum output bit of the carry quantum bit calculation gate), and wherein the carry quantum bit calculation gate carries out the third Hadamard gate (H) in the method B • by performing (16070) the manipulation of the fourth nuclear spin of the fourth nuclear quantum bit (q4) as a carry-out quantum bit (quantum output bit of the carry quantum bit calculation gate) by means of a TI / 2 pulse (related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the fourth nuclear spin of the fourth nuclear quantum bit (q4)) by means of a corresponding radio frequency pulse; b) Implementation of a 2ji gate (16090) on the electronic quantum bit (NV1) by means of a corresponding microwave pulse, wherein the microwave pulse has a duration of 2TI of the period of the Rabi oscillation of the spin of the electron configuration of the first paramagnetic center, in particular of the first NV center (NV1) of the first electronic quantum bit (NV1), and wherein the microwave frequency spectrum of the microwave pulse comprises a correlated frequency group which is different from zero in amplitude and which is designed tothat the third nuclear quantum bit (q3) is a neutralized nuclear quantum bit and that the fourth nuclear quantum bit (q4) is a neutralized nuclear quantum bit, and wherein a first correlated microwave frequency (f <moo| ) der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <111001 der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits (qO bis q4) korreliert ist und wobei eine zweite korrelierte Mikrowellenfrequenz (f<moi| ) der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <111011 der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits (qO bis q4) korreliert ist und wobei eine dritte korrelierte Mikrowellenfrequenz (f<nno|) der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <111101 der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits (qO bis q4) korreliert ist und wobei eine vierte korrelierte Mikrowellenfrequenz (f<nni|) der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <111111 der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits (qO bis q4) korreliert ist und,where a first correlated microwave frequency (f <ioioo|) der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <101001 der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits (qO bis q4) korreliert ist und wobei eine zweite korrelierte Mikrowellenfrequenz (f<ioioi| ) der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <101011 der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits (qO bis q4) korreliert ist und wobei eine dritte korrelierte Mikrowellenfrequenz (f<iono| ) der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <101101 der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits (qO bis q4) korreliert ist und wobei eine vierte korrelierte Mikrowellenfrequenz (f<iom| ) der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <101111 der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits (qO bis q4) korreliert ist und wobei eine erste korrelierte Mikrowellenfrequenz (f<onoo|) der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <011001 der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits (qO bis q4)and wherein a second correlated microwave frequency (f <onoi| ) der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <011011 der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits (qO bis q4) korreliert ist und wobei eine dritte korrelierte Mikrowellenfrequenz (f<omo|) der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <011101 der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits (qO bis q4) korreliert ist und wobei eine vierte korrelierte Mikrowellenfrequenz (f<onn|) der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <011111 der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits (qO bis q4) korreliert ist und wobei eine erste korrelierte Mikrowellenfrequenz (f<nooo|) der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <110001 der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits (qO bis q4) korreliert ist und wobei eine zweite korrelierte Mikrowellenfrequenz (f<nooi|) der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <110011 der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits(q0 to q4) and a third correlated microwave frequency (f <noio|) der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <110101 der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits (qO bis q4) korreliert ist und wobei eine vierte korrelierte Mikrowellenfrequenz (f<non|) der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe mit dem Zustand <110111 der fünf nuklearen Spins der fünf nuklearen Quantenbits (qO bis q4) korreliert ist und wobei somit der Zustand des elektronischen Quantenbits (NV1) durch die Mikrowellenstrahlung mit der korrelierten Frequenzgruppe beeinflusst wird, wenn der Zustand der drei nicht neutralisierten nuklearen Quantenbits (qO bis q2) dem Zustand <1111 oder dem Zustand <1011 oder dem Zustand <0111 oder dem Zustand <1101 entspricht; c) Ausführen eines vierten Hadamar-Gatters (H) wobei das Carry-Quantenbit-Berechnungsgatter die Hadamard-Gatter nach einer Methode A oder nach einer Methode B ausführt und wobei das Carry-Quantenbit-Berechnungsgatter das vierteHadamard gate (H) in method A • by performing (16100) the manipulation of the fourth nuclear spin of the fourth nuclear quantum bit (q4) as a carry-out quantum bit (quantum output bit of the carry quantum bit calculation gate) by means of a TT / 2 pulse (related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the fourth nuclear spin of the fourth nuclear quantum bit (q4)) by means of a corresponding radio frequency pulse and • by executing an RZ(ji) gate (16110), in particular by executing a virtual RZ(ji) gate (16080), on the fourth nuclear quantum bit (q4) as a carry-out quantum bit (carry out) (quantum output bit of the carry quantum bit calculation gate), and wherein the carry quantum bit calculation gate comprises the fourth Hadamard gate (H) in method B • by performing (16100) the manipulation of the fourth nuclear spin of the fourth nuclear quantum bit (q4) as a carry-out quantum bit (quantum output bit of the carry quantum bit calculation gate) by means of a -TT / 2 pulse (relative to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the fourth nuclear spin of the fourth nuclear quantum bit (q4)) by means of a corresponding radio frequency pulse; d) optionally using the third nuclear quantum bit (q3) as the sum result quantum bit (Sum) of the five quantum bit quantum full adder gate; e) optionally using the fourth nuclear quantum bit (q4) as a carry-out quantum bit (Carry Out) of the five quantum bit quantum full adder gate. Claim 4.5 (four quantum bit quantum full adder gates) 4.

5. A quantum computer-implemented method (17000) for executing a four quantum bit quantum full adder gate (Figure 12), based on one of the methods according to one of claims 1.1 to 1.5 or 2.1 to 2.2 or 3.1 to 3.6 or 4.1 to 4.4 and comprising the steps: Providing (17010) a quantum computer (QC), wherein the quantum computer (QC) comprises a paramagnetic center, in particular an NV center (NV1), with an electronic spin of the electron configuration of the paramagnetic center, in particular of the NV center (NV1) in diamond, as an electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the quantum computer (QC), and wherein the quantum computer (QC) comprises four nuclear quantum bits (q0 to q3), and wherein the four nuclear quantum bits (q0 to q3) comprise at least three respective nuclear spins of isotopes with a magnetic moment and / or in particular of 13C isotopes in diamond, as respective nuclear quantum bits (qO to q3) and wherein in particular the four nuclear quantum bits (qO to q3) can comprise at least one nuclear spin of an atom of the paramagnetic center (NV1) with a magnetic moment, in particular a nuclear spin of the nitrogen atom of this NV center (NV1) in diamond, as a nuclear quantum bit of the five nuclear quantum bits (qO to q3) and wherein these four nuclear quantum bits (qO to q3) can each be coupled to the said electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the quantum computer (QC) and wherein the quantum computer (QC) has first means (M1) for forming or initializing the electronic spin of the electron configuration of the paramagnetic center, in particular of the NV center (NV1), by means of an irradiation of a pump radiation pulse of the pump radiation (LB) with the pump radiation wavelength (X pmp) into which the electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the paramagnetic center, in particular the NV center (NV1), and wherein the quantum computer (QC) comprises second means (M2) for firstly manipulating the quantum state of the electronic quantum bit (NV1) in the form of the electronic spin of the electron configuration of the paramagnetic center, in particular the NV center (NV1), by irradiating the paramagnetic center, in particular the NV center (NV1), with microwave radiation and secondly for manipulating the couplings of the quantum state of the electronic spin of the electronic quantum bit (NV1) of the paramagnetic center, in particular the NV center (NV1), with one or more of the respective nuclear spins of the respective nuclear quantum bits of the four nuclear quantum bits (q0 to q3) by irradiating the electronic quantum bit of the paramagnetic Center, especially the NV Center (NV1),with microwave and / or radio wave radiation and / or for manipulating the quantum state of one or more respective nuclear spins of the respective nuclear quantum bits of the four nuclear quantum bits (q0 to q3) by irradiating the electronic quantum bit of the paramagnetic center, in particular the NV center (NV1), and the respective nuclear quantum bits of the four nuclear quantum bits (q0 to q3) with microwave and / or radio wave radiation, and wherein the quantum computer (QC) comprises third means (M3) for reading out the quantum state of the electronic quantum bit of the paramagnetic center, in particular the NV center, (NV1), and optionally for reading out the quantum state of one or more respective nuclear spins of the respective nuclear quantum bits of the four nuclear quantum bits (q0 to q3) as one or more respective quantum states of one or more respective nuclear quantum bits (q0 to q3), and wherein the first means (M1) and the third means (M3) can be completely or partially identical; optionally using the zeroth nuclear quantum bit (q0) as the zeroth quantum input bit of the five quantum bit quantum full adder gate; optionally using the first nuclear quantum bit (q1) as the first quantum input bit of the five quantum bit quantum full adder gate; optionally using the second nuclear quantum bit (q2) as the quantum carry input bit of the five quantum bit quantum full adder gate; Executing an adder gate by d) executing a first Hadamar gate (H), wherein the adder gate executes the Hadamard gates according to a method A or according to a method B, and wherein the adder gate executes the first Hadamard gate (H) in the method A • by carrying out (17020) the manipulation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit (q3) as a sum result quantum bit (Sum) (quantum output bit of the adder gate) by means of a TI / 2 pulse (related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit (q3)) by means of a corresponding radio frequency pulse and • by executing an RZ(ji) gate (17030), in particular by executing a virtual RZ(ji) gate (17030), on the third nuclear quantum bit (q3) as a sum result quantum bit (Sum) (quantum output bit of the adder gate), and wherein the adder gate implements the first Hadamard gate (H) in method B• by performing (17030) the manipulation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit (q3) as a sum result quantum bit (Sum) (quantum output bit of the adder gate) by means of a TI / 2 pulse (related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit (q3)) by means of a corresponding radio frequency pulse;e) implementing a 2ji gate (17040) on the electronic quantum bit (NV1) by means of a corresponding microwave pulse, wherein the microwave pulse has a temporal duration of 2TI of the period of the Rabi oscillation of the spin of the electron configuration of the first paramagnetic center, in particular of the first NV center (NV1) of the first electronic quantum bit (NV1), and wherein the microwave frequency spectrum of the microwave pulse comprises a correlated frequency group which is different from zero in amplitude and is designed such that the third nuclear quantum bit (q3) is a neutralized nuclear quantum bit, and wherein a first correlated microwave frequency (f; <nn|) der korrelierten frequenzgruppe mit dem zustand <11111 vier nuklearen spins quantenbits (qo bis q3) korreliert ist und wobei eine zweite korrelierte mikrowellenfrequenz (f<mo|) <11101 dritte (f<iooo|) <10001 vierte (f<iooi| ) fünfte (f<oioo|) <01001 undwhere a sixth correlated microwave frequency (f <oioi| ) der korrelierten frequenzgruppe mit dem zustand <01011 vier nuklearen spins quantenbits (qo bis q3) korreliert ist und wobei eine siebte korrelierte mikrowellenfrequenz (f<ooio|) <00101 achte (f<ooii| <00111 somit des elektronischen (nv1) durch die mikrowellenstrahlung beeinflusst wird, wenn drei nicht neutralisierten q2) <1111 oder <1001 <0101 <0011 entspricht; f) ausführen eines zweiten hadamard-gatters (h) das addierer-gatter hadamard-gatter nach einer methode a b ausführt zweite in a• by performing (17050) the manipulation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit (q3) as a sum result quantum bit (Sum) (quantum output bit of the adder gate) by means of a TI / 2 pulse (related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit (q3)) by means of a corresponding radio frequency pulse and • by executing an RZ(ji) gate (17060), in particular by executing a virtual RZ(ji) gate (17060), on the third nuclear quantum bit (q3) as a sum result quantum bit (Sum) (quantum output bit of the adder gate), and wherein the adder gate executes the second Hadamard gate (H) in method B • by performing (17050) the manipulation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum bit (q3) as a sum result quantum bit (Sum) (quantum output bit of the adder gate) by means of a -TI / 2 pulse (relative to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the third nuclear spin of the third nuclear quantum gate output bit (q3)) by means of a corresponding radio frequency pulse; Executing a carry quantum bit calculation gate by f) executing a third Hadamar gate (H) by executing (17070) the manipulation of the second nuclear spin of the second nuclear quantum bit (q2) as a carry-out quantum bit by means of a TI / 2 pulse by means of a corresponding radio frequency pulse and by executing (17080) an RZ(ji) gate on the second nuclear spin of the second nuclear quantum bit (q2) as a carry-out quantum bit; wherein the carry quantum bit calculation gate executes the Hadamard gates according to a method A or according to a method B and wherein the carry quantum bit calculation gate carries out the third Hadamard gate (H) in the method A • by carrying out (17070) the manipulation of the second nuclear spin of the second nuclear quantum bit (q2) as a carry-out quantum bit (quantum output bit of the carry quantum bit calculation gate) by means of a TI / 2 pulse (related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the second nuclear spin of the second nuclear quantum bit (q2)) by means of a corresponding radio frequency pulse and • by executing an RZ(ji) gate (17080), in particular by executing a virtual RZ(ji) gate (17080), on the second nuclear quantum bit (q2) as a carry-out quantum bit (carry out) (quantum output bit of the carry quantum bit calculation gate), and wherein the carry quantum bit calculation gate carries out the third Hadamard gate (H) in the method B • by carrying out (17070) the manipulation of the second nuclear spin of the second nuclear quantum bit (q2) as a carry-out quantum bit (quantum output bit of the carry quantum bit calculation gate) by means of a TI / 2 pulse (related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the second nuclear spin of the second nuclear quantum bit (q2)) by means of a corresponding radio frequency pulse;g) implementing a 2ji gate (17090) on the electronic quantum bit (NV1) by means of a corresponding microwave pulse, wherein the microwave pulse has a temporal duration of 2TI of the period of the Rabi oscillation of the spin of the electron configuration of the first paramagnetic center, in particular of the first NV center (NV1) of the first electronic quantum bit (NV1), and wherein the microwave frequency spectrum of the microwave pulse comprises a correlated frequency group which is different from zero in amplitude and is designed such that the second nuclear quantum bit (q2) is a neutralized nuclear quantum bit, and wherein a first correlated microwave frequency (f; <oooi|) der korrelierten frequenzgruppe mit dem zustand <00011 vier nuklearen spins quantenbits (qo bis q3) korreliert ist und wobei eine zweite korrelierte mikrowellenfrequenz (f<ooii| ) <00111 dritte (f<noo|) <11001 vierte (f<mo|) <11101 somit des elektronischen (nv1) durch die mikrowellenstrahlung beeinflusst wird, wenn drei nicht neutralisierten (qo, ql, <0011 oder <1101 entspricht; h) ausführen eines vierten hadamar-gatters (h) das carry-quantenbit-berechnungsgatter hadamard-gatter nach einer methode a b ausführt in a• by carrying out (17100) the manipulation of the second nuclear spin of the second nuclear quantum bit (q2) as a carry-out quantum bit (quantum output bit of the carry quantum bit calculation gate) by means of a TI / 2 pulse (related to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the second nuclear spin of the second nuclear quantum bit (q2)) by means of a corresponding radio frequency pulse and • by executing an RZ(ji) gate (17110), in particular by executing a virtual RZ(ji) gate (17080), on the second nuclear quantum bit (q2) as a carry-out quantum bit (carry out) (quantum output bit of the carry quantum bit calculation gate), and wherein the carry quantum bit calculation gate comprises the fourth Hadamard gate (H) in method B • by performing (17100) the manipulation of the second nuclear spin of the second nuclear quantum bit (q2) as a carry-out quantum bit (quantum output bit of the carry quantum bit calculation gate) by means of a -TI / 2 pulse (relative to the Rabi period of the Rabi oscillation of the second nuclear spin of the second nuclear quantum bit (q2)) by means of a corresponding radio frequency pulse; i) optionally using the third nuclear quantum bit (q3) as the sum result quantum bit (Sum) of the four quantum bit quantum full adder gate; j) optionally using the second nuclear quantum bit (q2) as carry-out quantum bit (carry out) of the four quantum bit quantum full adder gate.

5. Claims for the generation and use of the quantum computer program code Claim 5.1 (Quantum compiler for "+" signs) 5.

1. Computer-implemented method for generating a quantum computer program code of a quantum computer program and / or a quantum computer subprogram for executing a quantum computer-implemented method for simultaneously executing one or more adder gates according to one or more of claims 4.2 to 4.5, comprising the steps Providing a data file with a symbol sequence in the form of a text string of a source code, wherein the text string comprises an ordered sequence of symbols that is ordered along a reading direction, and wherein the ordered sequence of symbols comprises a first ordered subsequence of symbols and wherein the ordered sequence of symbols comprises a second ordered subsequence of symbols, wherein the ordered sequence of symbols comprises a third ordered subsequence of symbols and wherein the second ordered subsequence does not overlap with the first ordered subsequence and wherein the third ordered subsequence does not overlap with the first ordered subsequence and wherein the third ordered subsequence does not overlap with the second ordered subsequence and wherein the order of the three subsequences in the text string of the source code in the reading direction is either • first ordered subsequence, third ordered subsequence, second ordered subsequence (e.g. “A","B" ,"+") or • first ordered subsequence, second ordered subsequence, third ordered subsequence (e.g. “A","+","B”) or • second ordered subsequence, first ordered subsequence, third ordered subsequence (e.g. "+", "A","B") and wherein the second ordered subsequence of symbols comprises the symbol for a "+" sign and wherein the first ordered subsequence of symbols comprises at least p nuclear quantum bits of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits (q0 to qn) used by the one or more adder gates and as a first input quantum variable (A) of a quantum computer-implemented method for executing one or more adder gates according to one or more of claims 4.2 to 4.4 and wherein the third ordered subsequence of symbols defines at least q nuclear quantum bits of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qn) used by the one or more adder gates and which are different from the p nuclear quantum bits of the first input quantum variable (A) as a second input quantum variable (B) of a quantum computer-implemented method for executing one or more adder gates according to one or more of claims 4.2 to 4.4 and comprising the steps. Parsing the source code; Identifying the p nuclear quantum bits of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qn) that are part of the first input quantum variable (A); Identifying the q nuclear quantum bits of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qn) that are part of the second input quantum variable (B); Determining the number r of necessary nuclear quantum bits of an input quantum variable (C); Determining the r nuclear quantum bits of the n+1 nuclear quantum bits (qO to qn) that are part of the output quantum variable (C); Determine a table of values for the operation A+B=C; Generating one or more frequency vectors for use in executing one or more 2ji gates on one or more electronic quantum bits (NV1, NV2) of one or more quantum alus (QS1, QS2); Determining the frequency groups to be used with the microwave frequencies to be used and the number and sequence and linking of the adder gates to be executed and the respective electronic quantum bits (NV1, NV2) to be addressed by the respective adder gates, which realize this value table when the respective adder gates are executed in the correct sequence and with the correct linking; Generating an executable compiled quantum computer program code that can be stored in the memory (MEM) of the control device (pC) of the quantum computer (QC), in particular as a sequence of control commands for the control device (pC) of the quantum computer (QC) and of control data for the control device (pC) of the quantum computer (QC), which together include, in particular, the information about the respective frequency groups to be used with the microwave frequencies to be used and about the number and the sequence and the linking of the adder gates to be executed and about the respective electronic quantum bits (NV1, NV2) to be addressed by the respective adder gates; Providing the compiled quantum computer program code. Claim 5.2 (executing the quantum computer program code) 5.2 Quantum computer-implemented method for using a quantum computer program code of a quantum computer program and / or a quantum computer subprogram for executing a quantum computer-implemented method for simultaneously executing one or more adder gates according to one or more of claims 4.2 to 4.5, comprising the steps Providing compiled quantum computer program code; Providing a quantum computer according to the provision of a quantum computer (QC) according to any one of claims 1.1 to 4.5; Loading the compiled quantum computer program code into a memory (MEM) of the control device (pC) of the quantum computer (QC); Execution of the compiled quantum computer program code by the control device (pC) of the quantum computer (QC), optionally using further device parts of the quantum computer (QC), and thereby execution of at least one adder gate according to one of claims 4.2 to 4.5 by the quantum computer (QC).

Citation Information

Patent Citations

  • Seedless Magnetohydrodynamic Generator

    CN103855907B

  • A pulsed nuclear reactor suitable for magnetohydrodynamic generators and its control method

    CN108831576B

  • Binary channels liquid metal magnetohydrodynamic(MHD) generator

    CN206341126U

  • NV-center-based quantum computers with a control device for processing binary codes, which correspond to sub-procedures for manipulating the quantum dots or nuclear quantum dots.

    DE102020007977B4

  • Subpages of an irradiated quantum network for a scalable quantum computer based on fault centers

    DE102020008157B3

Cited By

  • Parallel readable NV Center multi-core quantum computer with frequency- and polarization-separating readout architecture

    DE202026104067U1

  • Method for producing one or more NV centres in diamond

    WO2025209629A1